Quarterlytics / Industrials / Engineering & Construction / Sterling Infrastructure

Sterling Infrastructure

strl · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker strl
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Engineering & Construction
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Sterling Infrastructure
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

Dear Fellow Shareholders, 

We’d  like  to  begin  our  first  letter  to  Sterling  shareholders  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  and 

Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors  by  stating  our  belief  that  we  have  the  potential  to 

become a best-in-class company.  The Company has struggled to deliver consistent results 

over  the  past  several  years;  however,  Sterling  is  a  business  that  has  all  of  the  elements 

necessary  for  success  in  the  heavy  civil  construction  industry.    The  Company  has  a  solid 

reputation  and  strong  competitive  position  in  growth  markets,  a  team  of  experienced 

people,  a  large  fleet  of  modern  equipment,  and  a  record-high  backlog  of  projects  that,  if 

managed diligently, can deliver consistent profitability.  

Our financial performance in 2014 showed considerable improvement over 2013, but was 

disappointing given our expectations heading into the year, and was far short of what we 

believe  we  are  capable  of  delivering.    In  addition  to  internal  execution  issues  on  several 

projects,  particularly  in  Texas,  our  results  were  negatively  affected  by  external  factors, 

including  unusually  difficult  weather  conditions,  spot  shortages  of  commodities,  over-

stretched sub-contractors and intense competition for craft labor in our Texas market. 

We have completed an extensive review of all aspects of our Company, including processes, 

procedures  and  personnel  at  all  levels.   We’ve  already  taken  numerous  actions  aimed  at 

sharpening forward visibility in all our business units in order to deal with potential issues 

before they erode profitability.  This includes the recent strengthening of leadership in our 

Texas operation.  In addition, we negotiated a waiver of our bank covenant breach and are 

evaluating  several  debt  financing  proposals  to  provide  liquidity  to  our  operations.    With 

these  changes,  along  with  others  that  we  are  in  the  process  of  implementing,  we  believe 

that we have corrected a number of our internal challenges.   

Looking ahead, we anticipate continued year-over-year revenue growth in 2015 stemming 

from our robust backlog, which increased 11% during 2014 to a record high $764 million at 

the end of the year.  In addition, we have a strong pipeline of project opportunities that we 

are  pursuing  throughout  our  primary  markets.   We  are  particularly  encouraged  by  the 

recent announcement by the Texas Department of Transportation that the state will put out 

for bid more than $9.4 billion of new road and related infrastructure projects in 2015.  We 

expect that margin improvement will be driven by the enhancements we are making in our 

selective bidding process, our project management procedures, and the leadership changes 

we have already made and expect to continue to make.  At December 31, 2014, the average 

gross  margin  of  our  projects  in  backlog  was  in  the  low-to-mid  6%  range.    We  continue  to 

focus  on  reducing  our  operating  expenses,  as  evidenced  by  our  industry-low  general  and 

administrative expense levels. In addition, our capital expenditures this year should be well 

below those of 2014. 

In  summary,  while  our  results  have  been  very  disappointing,  we  firmly  believe  that  the 

fundamental underpinnings of this business, and the team we have assembled, can deliver 

consistent profits and cash flow over the course of 2015 and beyond.   

We  would  like  to  thank  our  outstanding  employees,  customers,  lenders  and  surety,  and 

most of all you, our shareholders, for your continued support. 

Sincerely, 

Paul J. Varello   
Chief Executive Officer  

The Woodlands, Texas  
March 27, 2015 

Milton L. Scott 
Chairman of the Board  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

[X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2014 

[   ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from _______________________to ________________________________ 
Commission file number 1-31993 

STERLING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
State or other jurisdiction of  
incorporation or organization 
1800 Hughes Landing Blvd.  
The Woodlands, Texas 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

25-1655321 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

77380 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (281) 214-0800 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the 

Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share 
(Title of Class) 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act: 
None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 
[  ] Yes   [(cid:165)] No 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. 
[  ] Yes   [(cid:165)] No 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such 
reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   

[(cid:165)] Yes  [   ] No 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every 

Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 
months (or for such shorter prior that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  

[(cid:165)] ] Yes  [  ] No 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will 
not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K [  ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller 
reporting company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 
12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer [  ]                                                                                                                Accelerated filer [(cid:165)]  
Non-accelerated filer   [  ] (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)                                            Smaller reporting company [  ] 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). [   ] Yes  [(cid:165)] No 

Aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates at June 30, 2014: $166,755,548. 

At March 6, 2015, the registrant had 18,768,244 shares of common stock outstanding. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 
Portions of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and delivered to 

stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 8, 2015 are incorporated by reference 
into Part III of this Form 10-K. 

 
 
 
 
STERLING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. 
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item 1. Business. ............................................................................................................................................................. 4 

Item 1A. Risk Factors. .................................................................................................................................................. 12 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments .......................................................................................................................... 21 

Item 2. Properties .......................................................................................................................................................... 21 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings ............................................................................................................................................ 21 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures ................................................................................................................................... 21 

PART II 

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities .......................................................................................................................................................... 23 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data .................................................................................................................................... 25 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ........................... 26 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk ........................................................................ 38 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ................................................................................................ 39 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ........................... 39 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures ................................................................................................................................ 39 

Item 9B. Other Information .......................................................................................................................................... 39 

PART III 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance of the Registrant .................................................. 40 

Item 11. Executive Compensation ................................................................................................................................ 40 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management, and Related Stockholder Matters ...... 40 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ............................................... 40 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services ......................................................................................................... 40 

PART IV 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules .................................................................................................. 41 

Financial Statement Schedules. .................................................................................................................................... 41 

Exhibits. ........................................................................................................................................................................ 41 

Signatures ..................................................................................................................................................................... 44 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

Cautionary Comment Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

This Report includes  statements that are, or may be considered  to be, “forward-looking statements”  within the 
meaning  of  Section  27A  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  or  the  Securities  Act,  and  Section  21E  of  the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. These forward-looking statements are included 
throughout this Report, including in the sections entitled “Business,” “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and relate to matters such as our industry, business 
strategy,  goals  and  expectations  concerning  our  market  position,  future  operations,  margins,  profitability,  capital 
expenditures, liquidity and capital resources and other financial and operating information. We have used the words 
“anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “budget,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “future,” “intend,” 
“may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” and similar terms and phrases to identify 
forward-looking statements in this Report. 

Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations as of the date of this Report regarding future events, 
results or outcomes. These expectations may or may not be realized. Some of these expectations may be based upon 
assumptions or judgments that prove to be incorrect. In addition, our business and operations involve numerous risks 
and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, that could result in our expectations not being realized or 
otherwise could materially affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

Actual  events,  results  and  outcomes  may  differ  materially  from  our  expectations  due  to  a  variety  of  factors. 

Although it is not possible to identify all of these factors, they include, among others, the following:  

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

changes  in  general  economic  conditions,  including  recessions,  reductions  in  federal,  state  and  local 
government funding for infrastructure services and changes in those governments’ budgets, practices, laws 
and regulations; 
delays  or  difficulties  related  to  the  completion  of  our  projects,  including  additional  costs,  reductions  in 
revenues  or  the  payment  of  liquidated  damages,  or  delays  or  difficulties  related  to  obtaining  required 
governmental permits and approvals; 
actions of suppliers, subcontractors, design engineers, joint venture partners, customers, competitors, banks, 
surety  companies  and  others  which  are  beyond  our  control,  including  suppliers’,  subcontractors’  and  joint 
venture partners’ failure to perform; 
factors  that  affect  the  accuracy  of  estimates  inherent  in  our  bidding  for  contracts,  estimates  of  backlog, 
percentage-of-completion accounting policies, including onsite conditions that differ  materially from those 
assumed in our original bid, contract modifications, mechanical problems with our machinery or equipment 
and effects of other risks discussed in this document; 
design/build contracts which subject us to the risk of design errors and omissions; 
cost  escalations  associated  with  our  contracts,  including  changes  in  availability,  proximity  and  cost  of 
materials  such  as  steel,  cement,  concrete,  aggregates,  oil,  fuel  and  other  construction  materials,  and  cost 
escalations associated with subcontractors and labor; 
our dependence on a limited number of significant customers;  
adverse weather conditions; although we prepare our budgets and bid contracts based on historical rain and 
snowfall  patterns,  the  incidence  of  rain,  snow,  hurricanes,  etc.,  may  differ  materially  from  these 
expectations; 
the presence of competitors with greater financial resources or lower margin requirements than ours, and the 
impact of competitive bidders on our ability to obtain new backlog at reasonable margins acceptable to us; 
our ability to successfully identify, finance, complete and integrate acquisitions; 
citations 
Administration; 
federal,  state  and  local  environmental  laws  and  regulations  where  non-compliance  can  result  in  penalties 
and/or termination of contracts as well as civil and criminal liability; 
adverse economic conditions in our markets; and 
the other factors discussed in more detail in Item 1A. —Risk Factors. 

issued  by  any  governmental  authority, 

the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health 

including 

In reading this Report, you should consider these factors carefully in evaluating any forward-looking statements 
and you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Although we believe that our 
plans, intentions and expectations reflected in, or suggested by, the forward-looking statements that we make in this 
Report are reasonable, we can provide no assurance that they will be achieved. 

The  forward-looking  statements  included  in  this  Report  are  made  only  as  of  the  date  of  this  Report,  and  we 
undertake no obligation to update any information contained in this Report or to publicly release the results of any 

3 

 
revisions to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that occur, or that we become aware 
of after the date of this Report, except as may be required by applicable securities laws. 

 Item 1. Business. 

Overview of the Company’s Business.  

Sterling  Construction  Company,  Inc.  was  founded  in  1991  as  a  Delaware  corporation. Our  principal  executive 
offices are located at 1800 Hughes Landing Boulevard, Suite 250, The Woodlands, Texas 77380, and our telephone 
number at this address is (281) 214-0800. Our construction business was founded in 1955 by a predecessor company 
in Michigan and is now conducted through our subsidiaries which primarily include: Texas Sterling Construction Co., 
a  Delaware  corporation,  or  “TSC”;  Road  and  Highway  Builders,  LLC,  a  Nevada  limited  liability  company,  or 
“RHB”; Road and Highway Builders of California, Inc., a California corporation, or “RHBCa”; Ralph L. Wadsworth 
Construction Company, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, or “RLW”; J. Banicki Construction, Inc., an Arizona 
corporation, or “JBC”; and Myers & Sons Construction, L.P., a California limited partnership, or “Myers”. The terms 
“Company,” “Sterling,” and “we” refer to Sterling Construction Company, Inc. and its subsidiaries except when it is 
clear that those terms mean only the parent company or a particular subsidiary. 

Sterling  is  a  leading  heavy  civil  construction  company  that  specializes  in  the  building  and  reconstruction  of 
transportation and water infrastructure projects in Texas, Utah, Nevada, Arizona, California, Hawaii and other states 
where there are construction opportunities. Its transportation infrastructure projects include highways, roads, bridges 
and  light  rail  and  its  water  infrastructure  projects  include  water,  wastewater  and  storm  drainage  systems.  Sterling 
performs the majority of the work required by its contracts with its own crews and equipment. 

Although we describe our business in this Report in terms of the services we provide, our base of customers and 
the geographic areas in which we operate, we have concluded that our operations consist of one reportable segment, 
one  operating  segment  and  one  reporting  unit  component,  which  is  heavy  civil  construction.  In  making  this 
determination,  the  Company  considered  the  discrete  financial  information  used  by  our  Chief  Operating  Decision 
Maker (“CODM”). Based on this approach, the Company noted that the CODM organizes, evaluates and manages the 
financial  information  around  each  heavy  civil  construction  project  when  making  operating  decisions  and  assessing 
the  Company’s  overall  performance.  Furthermore,  we  considered  that  each  heavy  civil  construction  project  has 
similar  characteristics,  includes  similar  services,  has  similar  types  of  customers  and  is  subject  to  similar  economic 
and regulatory environments. 

Sterling  has  grown  its  service  profile  and  geographic  reach  both  organically  and  through  acquisitions. 
Expansions  into  Utah,  Arizona  and  California  were  achieved  with  the  2009  acquisition  of  RLW  and  the  2011 
acquisitions of JBC and Myers, respectively. These acquisitions also extended Sterling’s service profiles.  

Recent Developments. 

Financial Results for 2014, Operational Issues and Outlook for 2015 Financial Results. 

In  2014,  the  Company  had  an  operating  loss  of  $4.2  million  and  net  loss  attributable  to  Sterling  common 
stockholders of $9.8 million. Our gross margins have increased to 4.8% in 2014 from (5.4)% in 2013 and decreased 
from the 7.5% gross margin experienced in 2012. In 2014, our gross margins continued to be adversely impacted by 
downward  revisions  to  estimated  profitability  on  projects  primarily  awarded  in  Texas;  although,  to  a  lesser  extent 
than in the prior year. 

The majority of our revenues and backlog is derived from fixed unit price contracts. Some of our revenues are 
derived from lump  sum contracts. Fixed unit price contracts require us to provide materials and services at a fixed 
unit price based on approved quantities irrespective of our actual per unit costs. Lump sum contracts require that the 
total amount of work be performed for a single price irrespective of our actual costs. As discussed in “Item 1A. Risk 
Factors,” we realize a profit on our contracts only if we accurately estimate our costs and then successfully control 
actual  costs  and  avoid  cost  overruns,  and  our  revenues  exceed  actual  costs.  If  our  cost estimates  for  a  contract  are 
inaccurate, or if we do not execute the contract within our cost estimates, then cost overruns may cause the contract 
not to be as profitable as we expected or result in a loss, negatively affecting our cash flow, earnings and financial 
position.  

While  the  risks  of  cost  overruns  and  changes  in  estimated  contract  revenues  are  an  inherent  part  of  the 
construction business,  we continue to implement the following changes in order to improve the profitability of our 
projects,  reduce  the  variability  in  profitability  of  our  projects  in  the  future  and  strengthen  the  internal  control 
environment: 

(cid:120)  We continue to change roles and responsibilities to improve functional support and controls when needed. 
(cid:120)  We  continue  to  develop  management  tools  designed  to  improve  the  estimating  process  and  increase  the 

oversight of that process where needed and continue to refine existing tools.  

4 

(cid:120)  We continue to implement processes designed to better identify, evaluate and quantify risks for individual 

projects where needed and continue to refine existing process. 

(cid:120)  We  continue  to  improve  the  methodologies  for  allocating  overhead,  indirect  costs  and  equipment  costs  to 

individual projects in order to provide more accurate job cost and future bidding estimates. 

(cid:120)  We continue to improve the timeliness and content of reporting available to operations management.  

In addition to the factors discussed above  which impact the profitability on individual projects, there are other 
factors which have adversely affected our ability to secure construction projects at favorable margins. Our highway 
and related bridge work is generally funded through federal and state authorizations. In recent years, federal and state 
legislation related to infrastructure spending has been slow to pass. Funding  for federal highway projects primarily 
originate from the Highway Trust Fund where federal motor fuel taxes are the major source of income into the fund. 
Additional income is provided from the General fund and certain other funds to maintain the solvency of the fund as 
sources  of  income  remain  a  challenge.  While  government  spending  on  highway  and  related  bridge  work  has  not 
significantly  increased  in  recent  years,  our  backlog  has  increased  $77  million  from  $687  million  at  December  31, 
2013 to $764 million at December 31, 2014, representing ample work to be bid on within our markets with acceptable 
gross  margins.  In  addition  to  highway  and  related  bridge  work,  we  continually  look  for  projects  that  diversify  our 
book of projects to relieve the continued pressure on our gross  margins related to new  contract awards  from local, 
state and federal authorities.  

Our Business Strategy.  

Key features of our business strategy include:  
(cid:120)  Continue  to  add  construction  capabilities:  by  adding  capabilities  that  augment  our  core  contracting  and 
construction competencies, we are able to improve gross margin opportunities and more effectively compete 
for contracts that might not otherwise be available to us. 

(cid:120)  Expand into new markets and selectively pursue opportunities and strategic acquisitions: we will continue to 
seek  to  identify  attractive  new  markets  and  opportunities  in  select  western,  southwestern  and  southeastern 
U.S. areas. We will also continue to assess opportunities to extend our service capabilities and expand our 
markets through acquisitions. 

(cid:120)  Apply core competencies across our markets: we will seek to capitalize on opportunities to export our Texas 
experience  constructing  water  infrastructure  projects  and  our  Nevada  earthmoving,  aggregates  and  asphalt 
paving  experience  into  Utah  markets.  Similarly,  we  believe  that  RLW’s  experience  with  design-build, 
construction  manager and general contractor (“CM/GC”) and other alternative project delivery  methods in 
Utah, and its development of accelerated bridge construction (“ABC”) techniques can enhance opportunities 
for us in our Texas, California, Arizona and Nevada markets. 
Increase our  market leadership in our core  markets:  we have a strong presence in a number of  markets in 
Texas, Utah and Nevada and  intend to expand our presence in these states as  well as  Arizona, California, 
Hawaii and other states where we believe opportunities exist. 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120)  Position  our  business  for  future  infrastructure  spending:  currently  there  are  considerable  uncertainties 
surrounding federal, state and local funding in our markets; however, we believe there is awareness of the 
need  to  build,  reconstruct  and  repair  our  country’s  infrastructure,  including  transportation  infrastructure, 
such as bridges, highways, and mass transit systems and water infrastructure, such as water, wastewater and 
storm drainage systems. We will continue to build our expertise to capture this infrastructure spending. We 
also  see  opportunities  to  make  enhancements  to  our  operations  that  should  yield  improving  performance 
over time. These include a tighter integration of the acquisitions we have made over the past several years 
which should result in cost reductions and better collaboration between business units  when pursuing new 
contract opportunities. 

(cid:120)  Continue  to  attract,  retain  and  develop  our  employees:  we  believe  that  our  employees  are  key  to  the 
successful implementation of our business strategy, and we will continue allocating significant resources in 
order to attract and retain talented managers and supervisory and field personnel. 

Our Markets, Customers and Competition.   

Currently,  all  our  operations  are  performed  within  the  United  States.  As  such,  we  rely  heavily  on  federal  and 
state  infrastructure  spending.  Actual  appropriations  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Transportation  (“U.S.DOT”)  were 
$38.9 billion for federal highway financial assistance to the states for 2013. Additionally, U.S.DOT had enacted funds 
for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2014 of $40.1 billion and has requested authority to spend $47.3 billion in 
fiscal 2015 for highways and bridges. 

Within  the  United  States,  our  principal  markets  are  in  Texas,  Utah,  Nevada,  Arizona,  California  and  Hawaii, 
states  that  management  believes  benefit  from  both  positive  long-term  demographic  trends  as  well  as  a  historical 
commitment  to  funding  transportation  and  water  infrastructure  projects.  Currently,  the  Company  also  has  highway 
5 

construction  contracts  in  Montana,  Idaho  and  Louisiana.  According  to  the  2010  U.S.  Census  Bureau  Information, 
Texas,  Utah,  Nevada,  Arizona,  California  and  Hawaii  are  expected  to  experience  population  increases  of  32.5%, 
26.1%, 58.6%, 67.6%, 24.7 and 7.7%, respectively, during the twenty year period between 2010 and 2030. While the 
near-term funding available for infrastructure spending in these markets is currently limited, management anticipates 
that  long-term  population  growth  and  increased  spending  for  infrastructure  in  these  markets  will  positively  affect 
business opportunities over the coming years. 

In Texas, our customers include Texas Department of Transportation (“TxDOT”), Texas county and municipal 
public  works  departments,  regional  transit  and  water  authorities,  port  authorities,  school  districts,  municipal  utility 
districts and the U.S. Corps of Engineers. TxDOT contract awards (“lettings”) for transportation construction projects 
are estimated to be $9.5 billion in 2015 and $4.2 billion in 2016. 

Additionally, in Texas, substantial funds for transportation infrastructure spending are also being provided by toll 
road  and  regional  mobility  authorities  for  construction  of  toll  roads,  which  provides  Sterling  with  additional 
construction contracting opportunities; however, such spending could be limited by federal, state and local funding 
limitations.  

Texas’  approximately  306,000  miles  of  roadway  is  in  need  of  repair  and  the  shale  oil  traffic  has  placed  an 
additional  burden  on  the  transportation  system.  In  November  2014,  a  ballot  measure  known  as  Proposition  1  was 
approved  which  will  utilize  approximately  $1.7  billion  from  the  Texas  Economic  Stabilization  Fund  (Rainy  Day 
Fund) for these growing transportation needs. In the November 2013 election, Texans voted in favor of infrastructure 
spending by passing a water bill. The Proposition 6 water initiative had widespread support in the legislature and 73 
percent voted in favor of the amendment. Proposition 6 provides $2 billion from the Rainy Day Fund for low-interest 
loans to help fund projects in the State Water Plan for the next 50 years. 

In  Utah,  our  public  sector  customers  include  the  Utah  Department  of  Transportation  (“UDOT”)  and  the  Utah 
Transit Authority. Spending for highway and bridge construction in Utah was $729 million in 2014, and $741 million 
has been authorized for 2015. The details of the capital spending budget  for 2016 have not been released; however 
the Utah Governor’s recommendation for total capital spending in 2016 is approximately $687 million. In Utah, we 
have  been  competitive,  in  part,  because  of  successful  marketing  efforts,  design-build  and  CM/GC  capabilities  and 
development  of  innovative  methods  for  completing  projects.  Competition  for  design-build  projects  is  not  totally 
focused  on  cost  factors  but  is  also  significantly  dependent  on  successful  marketing  efforts,  reputation,  quality  of 
designs and aesthetics. We believe that we were one of the first construction companies to utilize ABC technology to 
build  bridges  offsite,  move  them  to  their  location,  and  complete  their  installation  in  a  very  short  period  of  time  in 
order to minimize mobility disruptions. 

In Nevada, we believe that we are a leading asphalt paving contractor on suburban and rural highway projects. 
Our  primary  public  sector  customer  is  the  Nevada  Department  of  Transportation  (“NDOT”).  Nevada’s  budget  for 
construction  of  roadways  and  facilities  is  estimated  to  be  $375  million  and  $194  million  in  2015  and  2016, 
respectively, compared with expenditures of $557 million in 2014.   

In  Arizona,  our  principal  customers  are  the  Arizona  Department  of  Transportation  (“ADOT”)  and  municipal 
airport  authorities.  Arizona’s  expenditures  for  transportation  construction  were  $1.4  billion  in  2014,  while  such 
expenditures are estimated to be $1.6 billion in each year 2015 and 2016. 

In  California,  our  principal  customer  is  the  California  Department  of  Transportation  (“Caltrans”).  California’s 
transportation capital outlays and local assistance were $5.2 billion in 2014, while such expenditures are estimated to 
be $5.6 billion in 2015 and $5.9 billion in 2016. 

In  Hawaii,  our  principal  customers  are  the  City  of  Honolulu  and  the  Hawaii  Department  of  Transportation 
(“HDOT”). Hawaii’s expenditures for transportation construction were $471 million in 2014, while expenditures for 
2015 and 2016 are estimated to be $120 million and $133 million, respectively.  

A significant portion of our contracts pertain to state highway and related bridge work. In 2014, state highway 
and related bridge work accounted for 48% of our consolidated revenues compared with 62% and 61% in 2013 and 
2012, respectively. The majority of the remaining work we perform is for local city municipalities. 

In  the  past,  we  have  also  completed  the  construction  of  certain  infrastructure  for  new  light  rail  systems  in 
Houston, Dallas and Galveston, Texas, and in Salt Lake City, Utah. We anticipate that expenditures in the cities of 
Houston and San Antonio for road, rail and water infrastructure projects will continue to increase due to steady gains 
in  population  in  these  metropolitan  areas  as  a  result  of  the  migration  of  new  residents  and  the  annexation  of 
surrounding  communities  and  due  to  continuing  programs  in  these  metropolitan  areas  to  expand  storm  water  and 
flood control systems and water delivery systems. We believe that similar municipal civil construction opportunities 
are available in other municipalities in our major markets.  

Although  we  occasionally  undertake  contracts  for  private  customers,  the  vast  majority  of  our  revenues  are 
attributable to work for public sector customers. Our larger construction projects are typically undertaken from work 

6 

bid  and  won  as  part  of  a  letting  through  a  particular  state’s  department  of  transportation.  Refer  to  Note  18  to  the 
consolidated  financial  statements  (references  to  “Note”  or  “Notes”  are  to  the  Notes  to  consolidated  financial 
statements for the year ended December 31, 2014, included in this document), for major customers that accounted for 
10% or more of total revenue in any of the past three fiscal years. The majority of the services provided to customers 
are pursuant to contracts awarded through competitive bidding processes.  

Demand for transportation and water infrastructure depends on a variety of factors, including overall population 
growth,  economic  expansion  and  the  vitality  of  the  market  areas  in  which  we  operate,  as  well  as  unique  local 
topographical,  structural  and  environmental  issues.  In  addition  to  these  factors,  demand  for  the  replacement  of 
infrastructure  is  driven  by  the  general  aging  of  infrastructure  and  the  need  for  technical  improvements  to  achieve 
more efficient or safer  use of infrastructure and resources.  Funding  for this infrastructure depends on  federal, state 
and local governmental resources, budgets and authorizations. 

Our competitors include companies that we bid against for construction contracts and compete against for short 
listings, mandates and joint ventures. We have many competitors of different sizes in all of the markets that we serve, 
and  they  include  large  international,  national  and  regional  construction  companies  as  well  as  many  smaller 
contractors.  Historically,  the  construction  business  has  not  typically  required  large  amounts  of  capital  for  smaller 
contracts, which can result in relative ease of market entry for companies possessing acceptable qualifications. 

Factors  influencing  our  competitiveness  include  price,  our  reputation  for  quality,  our  innovativeness,  our 
equipment  fleet,  our  work  crews,  our  financial  strength,  our  bonding  capacity  and  prequalification  criteria,  our 
knowledge  of  local  markets  and  conditions,  our  project  management  and  estimating  abilities,  our  customer 
relationships,  our  marketing  abilities,  our  ability  to  enter  into  strategic  relationships  with  other  contractors  and  our 
ability to perform many aspects of each project. Although some of our competitors are larger than we are and may 
possess  greater  resources  or  provide  more  vertically-integrated  services,  we  believe  that  we  are  well-positioned  to 
compete in the markets in which we operate on the basis of the foregoing factors. 

Based  on  publicly  available  information  on  awarded  construction  projects,  we  believe  that  we  are  one  of  the 
larger participants in each of our Texas, Utah, Nevada, Arizona, California and Hawaii markets. Because we own and 
maintain most of the equipment required for our contracts and have the key experienced workforce to handle many 
types  of  heavy  civil  construction,  we  are  able  to  bid  competitively  on  many  categories  of  contracts,  especially 
complex, multi-task projects. In the state highway markets, most of our competitors are large international, national 
and regional contractors, and individual contracts tend to be larger and require more specialized skills than those in 
the  municipal  markets.  Some  of  these  competitors  have  the  advantage  of  being  more  vertically-integrated,  or  they 
specialize in certain types of projects such as construction over water.  

Our markets have been much more competitive than in the past because of reductions in federal, state and local 
spending on transportation and water-related infrastructure; bidding by our traditional competitors at what appears to 
have been break-even or loss margins; the entry of new competitors from other states and the expansion of foreign 
competitors  into  our  markets.  While  our  business  includes  only  minimal  residential  and  commercial  infrastructure 
work,  the  severe  fall-off  in  new  projects  in  those  markets  has  resulted  in  some  residential  and  commercial 
infrastructure contractors bidding on smaller public sector transportation and water infrastructure projects, sometimes 
at bid levels below our break-even pricing, thus increasing competition and creating downward pressure on the bid 
prices  in  our  markets.  These  factors  have  compressed  the  profitability  on  many  new  projects  where  we  submitted 
successful bids.  

These  and  other  factors  have  adversely  affected  the  levels  of  transportation  and  water  infrastructure  capital 
awards  and  expenditures  in  our  markets,  reducing  opportunities  to  replace  backlog  at  reasonable  margins  and 
increasing competition for new projects. However, we believe that the Company is well-established in our particular 
markets and has a fleet of modern equipment that gives us the ability to perform a broad range of work which will 
allow us to weather current market conditions and to continue to compete successfully for projects as they become 
available at acceptable profit margin levels. 

Backlog. 

Backlog  is  the  revenue  we  expect  to  earn  in  future  periods  on  our  construction  projects.  However,  low  bid 
awards not officially awarded are excluded from backlog. As the construction on our projects progresses, we increase 
or  decrease  backlog  to  take  into  account  our  estimates  of  the  effects  of  changes  in  estimated  quantities,  changed 
conditions,  change  orders  and  other  variations  from  initially  anticipated  contract  revenues,  including  completion 
penalties and incentives. At December 31, 2014, our backlog was $764 million.  

Substantially  all  of  the  contracts  in  our  contract  backlog  may  be  canceled  at  the  election  of  the  customer; 
however, we have not been materially adversely affected by contract cancellations or modifications in the past. See 
the section below entitled, “Contracts — Contract Management Process.” 

Construction Delivery Methods. 

7 

Alternative construction delivery  methods describe different contractual and responsibility relationships among 
the owner, the builder and the designer of a project. There are three primary construction delivery methods: design-
bid-build, design-build and construction management. 

The  traditional  method  by  which  the  majority  of  our  projects  have  historically  been  completed  is  design-bid-
build.  Under  this  type  of  construction  delivery,  the  owner  hires  a  design  engineer  to  design  the  project  and  then 
solicits bids from construction firms and typically awards the contract to build the pre-designed project to the lowest 
qualifying bidder. The contractor to whom the project is awarded becomes the general contractor and is responsible 
for completing the project in accordance with the owner’s designs using the contractor’s own employees or resources, 
or subcontractors. Projects under this method are typically fixed unit price contracts. 

Design-build  is  increasingly  being  used  by  public  entities  as  a  method  of  project  delivery.  Unlike  traditional 
projects where the owner first hires a design firm or designs a project itself and then puts the project out to bid for 
construction,  design-build  projects  provide  the  owner  with  a  single  point  of  responsibility  and  a  single  contact  for 
both  final  design  and  construction.  The  owner  selects  a  builder  who  hires  the  design  team  as  required  and 
construction  typically  starts  before  the  design  is  complete.  This  project  delivery  method  is  typically  undertaken 
through either fixed unit price contracts or lump sum contracts, and price is not the only determining factor used by 
the owner when selecting a particular contractor. 

Construction  management  is  a  newer  method  of  delivering  a  project  whereby  a  contractor  agrees  to  manage  a 
project for the owner for an  agreed-upon  fee,  which  may  be fixed or  may vary based upon negotiated factors. The 
owner of the project typically hires the contractor as a construction manager early in the design phase of the project. 
The construction manager works with the design team to help ensure that the design is something that can in fact be 
built within the owner’s desired cost and other parameters and that the ultimate construction contractor will be able to 
understand  the  design  drawings  and  specifications.  There  are  two  basic  types  of  construction  management: 
construction  manager  as  advisor  and  construction  manager  at  risk.  In  the  construction  manager  as  advisor  type  of 
arrangement,  the  construction  manager  acts  as  a  technical  consultant  to  the  owner  of  the  project  and  has  no  legal 
responsibility  for  the  performance  of  the  actual  construction  work.  In  the  construction  manager  at  risk  type  of 
arrangement,  the  construction  manager  becomes  the  prime  contractor  during  the  construction  phase  and  makes  a 
determination  as  to  which  portions  of  the  work  will  be  self-performed  and  which  will  be  performed  through 
subcontracts.  In  either  type  of  construction  management  process,  portions  of  a  project  are  often  submitted  for  bid 
during  the  course  of  the  construction  manager  relationship,  with  the  construction  manager  bidding,  and  oftentimes 
having the first right to bid, on portions of the project. 

Contracts. 

Types of Contracts. 

We  provide  our  services  primarily  by  using  traditional  general  contracting  arrangements,  including  fixed-unit 

price contracts, lump sum contracts and cost-plus contracts. 

Fixed unit price contracts are generally used in competitively-bid public civil construction contracts. Contractors 
under  fixed  unit  price  contracts  are  generally  committed  to  provide  all  of  the  resources  required  to  complete  the 
contract for a fixed price per unit. These contracts are generally subject to negotiated change orders, frequently due to 
differences  in  site  conditions  from  those  initially  anticipated  or  asserted  by  the  customer.  Some  fixed  unit  price 
contracts  provide  for  penalties,  if  the  contract  is  not  completed  on  time,  or  incentives,  if  it  is  completed  ahead  of 
schedule. 

Under a lump sum contract, the contractor typically agrees to deliver a completed project in accordance with the 
contract’s  requirements  for  a  specific  price,  and  the  customer  agrees  to  pay  the  price  according  to  a  negotiated 
payment  schedule.  In  developing  a  lump  sum  bid,  the  contractor  estimates  the  costs  of  labor,  subcontracts  and 
materials and adds an amount for overhead and profit. The amount of the profit included in the bid is based on the 
contractor’s  assessment  of  risk  and  other  factors  such  as  availability  of  resources.  If  the  actual  costs  of  labor, 
subcontracts, materials and overhead are higher than the contractor’s estimate, the profit will be reduced or become a 
loss; if the actual costs are lower, the contractor may earn more profit. 

In a cost plus contract, the owner of a project generally agrees to pay the cost of all of the contractor’s labor, 
subcontracts and  materials plus an amount for contractor overhead and profit (usually as a percentage of the labor, 
subcontracts and material cost). If actual costs are lower than the estimate, the owner benefits from the cost savings. 
If actual costs are higher than the estimate, the owner bears the economic burden of the additional costs. 

Contract Management Process. 

We identify potential contracts from a variety of sources, including through subscriber services that notify us of 
contracts out for bid; through advertisements by federal, state and local governmental entities; through our business 
development  efforts;  through  contacts  at  government  agencies;  and  through  meetings  with  other  participants  in  the 

8 

construction industry. After determining which contracts are available, we decide which contracts to pursue based on 
such  factors  as  the  relevant  skills  required,  the  contract  size  and  duration,  the  availability  of  our  personnel  and 
equipment,  the  size  and  makeup  of  our  current  backlog,  our  competitive  advantages  and  disadvantages,  prior 
experience,  the  contracting  agency  or  customer,  the  source  of  contract  funding,  geographic  location,  likely 
competition, construction risks, gross margin opportunities, penalties or incentives and the type of contract. 

As  a  condition  to  pursuing  some  contracts,  we  are  required  to  complete  a  prequalification  process  with  the 
applicable  agency  or  customer.  Some  customers,  such  as  state  departments  of  transportation,  require  yearly 
prequalification,  and  some  other  customers  have  experience  requirements  specific  to  the  contract.  The 
prequalification  process  generally  limits  bidders  to  those  companies  with  the  operational  experience  and  financial 
capability to effectively complete the particular contract in accordance with the plans, specifications and construction 
schedule. 

There are several factors that can create variability in contract performance and financial results compared to our 
bid assumptions on a contract. The most significant of these include the completeness and accuracy of our original 
bid  analysis,  recognition  of  costs  associated  with  added  scope  changes,  extended  overhead  due  to  customer  and 
weather  delays,  subcontractor  availability  and  performance  issues,  changes  in  productivity  expectations,  site 
conditions  that  differ  from  those  assumed  in  the  original  bid,  and  changes  in  the  availability  and  proximity  of 
materials.  In  addition,  our  original  bids  for  some  contracts  are  based  on  the  contract  customer’s  estimates  of  the 
quantities needed to complete a contract. If the quantities ultimately needed are different, our backlog and financial 
performance on the contract will change. All of these factors can lead to inefficiencies in contract performance, which 
can  increase  costs  and  lower  profits.  Conversely,  if  any  of  these  or  other  factors  is  more  favorable  than  the 
assumptions in our bid, contract profitability can improve. Design-build projects carry additional risks such as design 
error risk and the risk associated with estimating quantities and prices before the project design is completed. Design 
errors may result in higher than anticipated construction costs and additional liability to the contract owner. Although 
we manage this additional risk by adding contingencies to our bid amounts, obtaining errors and omissions insurance 
and  obtaining  indemnifications  from  our  design  consultants  where  possible,  there  is  no  guarantee  that  these  risk 
management strategies will always be successful. Generally, gross margins included in bids on design-build contracts 
are higher than for other types of contracts due to the higher risks involved. 

The  estimating  process  for  our  traditional  fixed  unit  price  competitive  bid  contracts  typically  involves  three 
phases.  Initially,  we  consider  the  level  of  anticipated  competition  and  our  available  resources  for  the  prospective 
project. If we then decide to continue considering a project, we undertake the second phase of the contract process 
and spend several weeks performing a detailed review of the plans and specifications, summarizing the various types 
of  work involved and related  estimated quantities, determining the contract duration and schedule and highlighting 
the unique and riskier aspects of the contract. Concurrent with this process, we estimate the cost and availability of 
labor,  material,  equipment,  subcontractors  and  the  project  team  required  to  complete  the  contract  on  time  and  in 
accordance with the plans and specifications. Substantially all of our estimates are made on a per-unit basis for each 
line item, and it is not unusual for an estimate to contain over 300 line items. The final phase consists of a detailed 
review of the estimate by management, including, among other things, assumptions regarding cost, approach, means 
and  methods,  productivity,  risk  and  the  estimated  profit  margin.  This  profit  amount  will  vary  according  to 
management’s  perception  of  the  degree  of  difficulty  of  the  contract,  the  current  competitive  climate  and  the  size, 
availability  of  resources  and  makeup  of  our  backlog.  Our  project  managers  are  intimately  involved  throughout  the 
estimating and construction process so that contract issues, and risks, can be understood and addressed generally on a 
timely basis. 

Although the factors described above are relevant in determining the appropriate amount to bid, the contracting 
process is managed differently if the project is to be performed on a design-build basis or a CM/GC basis. For design-
build projects, we assemble a team that may include project managers, engineers, quality managers and surveyors, to 
learn  about  a  project  that  we  have  identified  as  one  on  which  we  may  desire  to  bid.  For  some  projects,  pre-
qualification  for  the  project  is  required  where  each  contractor  and/or  contracting  team  prepares  a  description  of 
financial  strengths,  past  experience  on  similar  types  of  projects,  safety  record  and  the  persons  who  will  be  on  the 
project  management  and  design  team,  after  which,  the  customer  will  usually  announce  a  short  list  of  three  to  five 
contractors  to  respond  to  a  request  for  proposal,  generally  within  three  months.  Utilizing  the  limited  design 
specifications  provided  by  the  customer,  we  generally  meet  weekly  over  a  two  to  three  month  period  with  design 
engineers to generate a bid containing quantities, prices, timing and a description of our approach for completing the 
project. The customer then reviews the bids and selects the one that has the best value, and considers factors such as 
contractor qualifications, the time estimated to complete the project and the price bid. 

For  our  CM/GC  projects,  the  customer  typically  sends  out  a  request  for  proposal  to  general  contractors  for  a 
project. The customer scores each contractor that submits a bid based on the unit prices submitted for five to twenty 
items that comprise approximately 10% to 20% of the project design, the profit margin proposed, the experience of 
the contractor for similar types of projects, the contractor’s approach to completing the specific project and whether 

9 

the contractor understands the CM/GC process. A committee reviews each bid and determines the best value winner 
to be the general contractor. If we are the winning general contractor, we work with the customer and the engineer to 
design the project. As various phases of the project are designed, we usually submit bids to construct phases of the 
project for which we are qualified. In some situations, we also solicit bids from other construction contractors. If we 
are  the  lower  bidder,  we  are  awarded  a  contract  for  that  phase.  In  other  situations,  if  our  bid  is  close  to  the  cost 
estimates  determined  by  the  customer  and  the  engineer,  then  we  will  generally  be  awarded  the  contract  for  a 
particular phase; otherwise, the customer negotiates with us on an appropriate contract price; and if those negotiations 
are not successful, then the customer can terminate our contract. 

To manage risks of changes in material prices and subcontracting costs used in tendering bids for construction 
contracts,  we  generally  obtain  firm  price  quotations  from  our  suppliers  and  subcontractors,  except  for  fuel  and 
trucking,  before  submitting  a  bid.  For  fixed  unit  price  contracts,  these  quotations  do  not  include  any  quantity 
guarantees, and  we have  no  obligation  for  materials or subcontract services beyond those required to complete the 
respective  contracts  that  we  are  awarded  for  which  quotations  have  been  provided.  For  design-build  and  CM/GC 
projects, lump sum subcontracts are often executed with subcontractors. 

During  the  construction  phase  of  a  contract,  we  monitor  our  progress  by  comparing  actual  costs  incurred  and 
quantities completed to date with budgeted amounts and the contract schedule, and periodically prepare an updated 
estimate of total forecasted revenue, cost and expected profit for the contract. 

During the normal course of most contracts, the customer, and sometimes the contractor, initiates modifications 
or  changes  to  the  original  contract  to  reflect,  among  other  things,  changes  in  quantities,  specifications  or  design, 
method or manner of performance, facilities, materials, site conditions and the period for completion of the work. In 
many cases, final contract quantities may differ from those specified by the customer. Generally, the scope and price 
of these modifications are documented in a “change order” to the original contract and reviewed, approved and paid 
in  accordance  with  the  normal  change  order  provisions  of  the  contract.  We  are  often  required  to  perform  extra  or 
change  order  work  under  our  fixed  unit  price  contracts  as  directed  by  the  customer  even  if  the  customer  has  not 
agreed  in  advance  on  the  scope  or  price  of  the  work  to  be  performed.  This  process  may  result  in  disputes  over 
whether the work performed is beyond the scope of the work included in the original contract plans and specifications 
or, even if the customer agrees that the work performed qualifies as extra work, the price that the customer is willing 
to pay for the extra work. These disputes may not be settled to our satisfaction. Even when the customer agrees to pay 
for the extra work, we may be required to fund the cost of the work for a lengthy period of time until the change order 
is approved and funded by the customer. In addition, any delay caused by the extra work may adversely impact the 
timely  scheduling  of  other  work  on  the  contract  (or  on  other  contracts)  and  our  ability  to  meet  contract  milestone 
dates. 

The  process  for  resolving  contract  claims  varies  from  one  contract  to  another  but,  in  general,  we  attempt  to 
resolve claims at the project supervisory level through the normal change order process or, if necessary, with higher 
levels  of  management  within  our  organization  and  the  customer’s  organization.  Regardless  of  the  process,  when  a 
potential claim arises on a contract, we typically have the contractual obligation to perform the work and must incur 
the related costs. We do not recoup the costs  unless and until the claim is resolved,  which could take a significant 
amount of time. 

Most of our construction contracts provide for termination of the contract for the convenience of the customer, 
with  provisions  to  pay  us  only  for  work  performed  through  the  date  of  termination.  Our  backlog  and  results  of 
operations have not been materially adversely affected by these provisions in the past. 

We  act  as  the  prime  contractor  on  the  majority  of  the  construction  contracts  that  we  undertake.  We  generally 
complete  the  majority  of  the  work  on  our  contracts  with  our  own  resources,  and  we  typically  subcontract  only 
specialized  activities,  such  as  traffic  control,  electrical  systems,  signage,  trucking  and  earthmoving.  As  the  prime 
contractor, we are responsible for the performance of the entire contract, including subcontract work. Thus, we are 
subject  to  increased  costs  associated  with  the  failure  of  one  or  more  subcontractors  to  perform  as  anticipated.  We 
manage  this  risk  by  reviewing  the  size  of  the  subcontract,  the  financial  stability  of  and  prior  experience  with  the 
subcontractor and other factors. Although we generally do not require that our subcontractors furnish a bond or other 
type of security to guarantee their performance, we require performance and payment bonds on some specialized or 
large subcontract portions of our contracts. Disadvantaged business enterprise regulations require us to use our best 
efforts  to  subcontract  a  specified  portion  of  contract  work  performed  for  governmental  entities  to  certain  types  of 
subcontractors,  including  minority-  and  women-owned  businesses.  We  have  not  experienced  significant  costs 
associated with subcontractor performance issues in the past. 

Joint Ventures. 

We participate in joint ventures with other large construction companies and other partners, typically for large, 
technically complex projects, including design-build projects, when it is desirable to share risk and resources in order 
to  seek  a  competitive  advantage  or  when  the  project  is  too  large  for  us  to  obtain  sufficient  bonding.  Joint  venture 

10 

partners  typically  provide  independently  prepared  estimates,  furnish  employees  and  equipment,  enhance  bonding 
capacity  and  often  also  bring  local  knowledge  and  expertise.  We  select  our  joint  venture  partners  based  on  our 
analysis  of  their  construction  and  financial  capabilities,  expertise  in  the  type  of  work  to  be  performed  and  past 
working relationships with us, among other criteria. 

Under a joint venture agreement, one partner is typically designated as the sponsor or manager. The sponsoring 
partner typically provides all administrative, accounting and most of the project management support for the project 
and  generally  receives  a  fee  from  the  joint  venture  for  these  services.  We  have  been  designated  as  the  sponsoring 
partner in certain of our current joint venture projects and are a non-sponsoring partner in others. 

Joint  venture  contracts  with  project  owners  typically  impose  joint  and  several  liability  on  the  joint  venture 
partners.  Although  our  agreements  with  our  joint  venture  partners  provide  that  each  party  will  assume  and  pay  its 
share of any losses resulting from a project, if one of our partners is unable to pay its share, we would be fully liable 
under  our  contract  with  the  project  owner.  Circumstances  that  could  lead  to  a  loss  under  these  guarantee 
arrangements include a partner’s inability to contribute additional funds to the venture in the event that the project 
incurs  a  loss  or  additional  costs  that  we  could  incur  should  the  partner  fail  to  provide  the  services  and  resources 
toward project completion that had been committed to in the joint venture agreement. 

Insurance and Bonding. 

All  of  our  buildings  and  equipment  are  covered  by  insurance,  at  levels  which  our  management  believes  to  be 
adequate. In addition, we maintain general liability and excess liability insurance, workers’ compensation insurance 
and auto insurance all in amounts consistent with our risk of loss and industry practice. 

As a normal part of the construction business, we are generally required to provide various types of surety and 
payment bonds that provide an additional  measure of security  for our performance under the contract. Typically, a 
bidder for a contract must post a bid bond, generally for 5% to 10% of the amount bid, and on winning the bid, must 
post  a  performance  and  payment  bond  for  100%  of  the  contract  amount.  Upon  completion  of  a  contract,  before 
receiving final payment on the contract, a contractor must post a maintenance bond for generally 1% of the contract 
amount  for  one  to  two  years.  Our  ability  to  obtain  surety  bonds  depends  upon  our  capitalization,  working  capital, 
aggregate contract size, past performance, management expertise and external factors, including the capacity of the 
overall  surety  market.  Surety  companies  consider  such  factors  in  light  of  the  amount  of  our  backlog  that  we  have 
currently bonded and their current underwriting standards, which may change from time to time. As is customary, we 
have agreed to indemnify our bonding company for all losses incurred by it in connection with bonds that are issued, 
and  we  have  granted  our  bonding  company  a  security  interest  in  certain  assets,  including  accounts  receivable,  as 
collateral for such obligation. 

Government and Environmental Regulations. 

Our  operations  are  subject  to  compliance  with  numerous  regulatory  requirements  of  federal,  state  and  local 
agencies and authorities, including regulations concerning safety, wage and hour, and other labor issues, immigration 
controls,  vehicle  and  equipment  operations  and  other  aspects  of  our  business.  For  example,  our  construction 
operations are subject to the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act, or OSHA, and comparable state 
laws directed toward the protection of employees. In addition, most of our construction contracts are entered into with 
public  authorities,  and  these  contracts  frequently  impose  additional  governmental  requirements,  including 
requirements regarding labor relations and subcontracting with designated classes of disadvantaged businesses. 

All of our operations are also subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the environment, 
including those relating to discharges into air, water and land, climate change, the handling and disposal of solid and 
hazardous  waste,  the  handling  of  underground  storage  tanks  and  the  cleanup  of  properties  affected  by  hazardous 
substances.  For  example,  we  must  apply  water  or  chemicals  to  reduce  dust  on  road  construction  projects  and  to 
contain contaminants in storm run-off water at construction sites. In certain circumstances, we may also be required 
to hire subcontractors to dispose of hazardous wastes encountered on a project in accordance with a plan approved in 
advance  by  the  customer.  Certain  environmental  laws  impose  substantial  penalties  for  non-compliance  and  others, 
such as the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, impose 
strict and retroactive joint and several liability upon persons responsible for releases of hazardous substances. 

CERCLA  and  comparable  state  laws  impose  liability,  without  regard  to  fault  or  the  legality  of  the  original 
conduct, on certain classes of persons that contributed to the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. 
These persons include the owner or operator of the site  where the release occurred and companies that disposed or 
arranged  for  the  disposal  of  the  hazardous  substances  found  at  the  site.  Under  CERCLA,  these  persons  may  be 
subject to joint and several liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into 
the  environment,  for  damages  to  natural  resources  and  for  the  costs  of  certain  health  studies.  CERCLA  also 
authorizes  the  federal  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  or  EPA,  and,  in  some  instances,  third  parties,  to  act  in 

11 

response  to  threats  to  the  public  health  or  the  environment  and  to  seek  to  recover  from  the  responsible  classes  of 
persons the costs they incur. 

Solid wastes,  which may include hazardous  wastes, are subject to the requirements of the Federal Solid Waste 
Disposal  Act,  the  Federal  Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act,  referred  to  as  RCRA,  and  comparable  state 
statutes.  Although  we  do  not  generate  solid  waste,  we  occasionally  dispose  of  solid  waste  on  behalf  of  customers. 
From time to time, the EPA considers the adoption of stricter disposal standards for non-hazardous wastes. Moreover, 
it  is  possible  that  additional  wastes  will  in  the  future  be  designated  as  “hazardous  wastes.”  Hazardous  wastes  are 
subject to more rigorous and costly disposal requirements than are non-hazardous wastes. 

We  continually  evaluate  whether  we  must  take  additional  steps  at  our  locations  to  ensure  compliance  with 
environmental laws. While compliance with applicable regulatory requirements has not materially adversely affected 
our operations in the past, there can be no assurance that these requirements will not change and that compliance will 
not  adversely  affect  our  operations  in  the  future.  That  tighter  regulation  for  the  protection  of  the  environment  and 
other  factors  may  make  it  more  difficult  to  obtain  new  permits  and  renewal  of  existing  permits  may  be  subject  to 
more restrictive conditions than currently exist.  

Employees. 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company  had approximately 1,799  employees, including 1,498 field personnel. 
Of our 1,498 field employees, 475 were union members in Nevada, Arizona, California and Hawaii, and these union 
employees are represented by 16 unions. 

Our  business  is  dependent  upon  a  readily  available  supply  of  management,  supervisory  and  field  personnel. 
Substantially all of our employees are hired on a permanent basis; however, as is typical in the construction industry, 
we experience a  high degree  of turnover as a result of construction projects being completed. In the past,  we  have 
been  able  to  attract  sufficient  numbers  of  personnel  to  support  the  growth  of  our  operations.  However,  we  have 
recently experienced intense competition for craft labor, primarily in Texas. 

We  conduct  extensive  safety  training  programs,  which  have  allowed  us  to  maintain  a  high  safety  level  at  our 
worksites.  All  newly-hired  employees  undergo  an  initial  safety  orientation,  and  for  certain  types  of  projects,  we 
conduct  specific  hazard  training  programs.  Our  project  foremen  and  superintendents  conduct  weekly  on-site  safety 
meetings,  and  our  full-time  safety  inspectors  make  random  site  safety  inspections  and  perform  assessments  and 
training  if  infractions  are  discovered.  In  addition,  all  of  our  superintendents  and  project  managers  are  required  to 
complete an OSHA-approved safety course. 

Access to Company’s Filings. 

The Company maintains a website at www.strlco.com on which our latest Annual Report on Form 10-K, recent 
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, recent Current Reports on Form 8-K, any amendments to those filings, and other 
filings may be accessed free of charge, some directly on the website and others through a link to the Securities and 
Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website (www.sec.gov) where those reports are filed. Our website also has recent 
press  releases,  the  Company’s  Code  of  Business  Conduct  &  Ethics,  the  charters  of  the  Audit  Committee, 
Compensation  Committee,  and  Corporate  Governance  &  Nominating  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and 
information on the Company’s “whistle-blower” procedures. Our website content is made available for information 
purposes only. It should not be relied upon for investment purposes, and none of the information on the  website is 
incorporated into this Report by this reference to it.  

Item 1A. Risk Factors. 

The risks described below are those we believe to be the material risks we face. Any of the risk factors described 
below could significantly and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and 
cash flows.  

Risks Relating to Our Business.  

If  we  are  unable  to  accurately  estimate  the  overall  risks,  requirements  or  costs  when  we  bid  on  or  negotiate  a 
contract that is ultimately awarded to us, we may achieve a lower than anticipated profit or incur a loss on the 
contract. 

The majority of our revenues and backlog are derived from fixed unit price contracts. Some of our revenues are 
derived from lump  sum contracts. Fixed unit price contracts require us to provide materials and services at a fixed 
unit price based on approved quantities irrespective of our actual per unit costs. Lump sum contracts require that the 
total amount of work be performed for a single price irrespective of our actual per unit costs. We realize a profit on 
our  contracts  only  if  we  accurately  estimate  our  costs  and  then  successfully  control  actual  costs  and  avoid  cost 
overruns,  and  our  revenues  exceed  actual  costs.  If  our  cost  estimates  for  a  contract  are  inaccurate,  or  if  we  do  not 
execute the contract within our cost estimates, then cost overruns may cause us to incur losses or cause the contract 

12 

not to be as profitable as we expected. The final results under these types of contracts could negatively affect our cash 
flow, earnings and financial position. 

The costs incurred and gross profit realized on our contracts can vary, sometimes substantially, from our original 

projections due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to: 

(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

onsite conditions that differ from those assumed in the original bid or contract; 
failure  to  include  required  materials  or  work  in  a  bid,  or  the  failure  to  estimate  properly  the  quantities  or 
costs needed to complete a lump sum contract; 
delays caused by weather conditions;  
contract or project modifications creating unanticipated costs not covered by change orders; 
changes  in  availability,  proximity  and  costs  of  materials,  including  steel,  concrete,  aggregates  and  other 
construction materials (such as stone, gravel, sand and oil for asphalt paving), as well as fuel and lubricants 
for our equipment; 
inability to predict the costs of accessing and producing aggregates and purchasing oil required for asphalt 
paving projects; 
availability and skill level of workers in the geographic location of a project; 
failure by our suppliers, subcontractors, designers, engineers, joint venture partners or customers to perform 
their obligations; 
fraud, theft or other improper activities by our suppliers, subcontractors, designers, engineers, joint venture 
partners or customers or our own personnel; 

(cid:120)  mechanical problems with our machinery or equipment;  
(cid:120) 

issued  by  any  governmental  authority, 

citations 
Administration; 
difficulties in obtaining required governmental permits or approvals; 
changes in applicable laws and regulations; 
delays in quickly identifying and taking measures to address issues which arise during production; and  
claims or demands from third parties for alleged damages arising from the design, construction or use and 
operation of a project of which our work is part. 

the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health 

including 

(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

Many  of  our  contracts  with  public  sector  customers  contain  provisions  that  purport  to  shift  some  or  all  of  the 
above  risks  from  the  customer  to  us,  even  in  cases  where  the  customer  is  partly  at  fault.  Our  experience  has  often 
been that public sector customers have been willing to negotiate equitable adjustments in the contract compensation 
or  completion  time  provisions  if  unexpected  circumstances  arise.  However,  public  sector  customers  may  seek  to 
impose  contractual  risk-shifting  provisions  more  aggressively,  which  could  increase  risks  and  adversely  affect  our 
cash flow, earnings and financial position. 

We may be unable to grow our revenues and increase our profitability. 

Our  revenue  has  grown  rapidly  in  recent  years,  in  part  through  acquisitions  that  expanded  our  geographical 
footprint. We may be unable to grow our revenues for a variety of reasons, including decreased government funding 
for infrastructure projects, limits on additional growth in our current markets, reduced spending by our customers, an 
increased number of competitors, less success in competitive bidding for contracts, limitations on access to necessary 
working  capital  and  investment  capital  to  sustain  growth,  limitations  on  access  to  bonding  to  support  increased 
contracts and operations, inability to hire and retain essential personnel and to acquire equipment to support growth, 
and  inability  to  identify  acquisition  candidates  and  successfully  acquire  and  integrate  them  into  our  business.  A 
substantial  decline  in  our  revenue  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations if we are unable to also reduce our operating expenses. (cid:54)(cid:72)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:179)(cid:53)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:39)(cid:72)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:650)(cid:3)(cid:41)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:53)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:88)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)
for 2014, Operational Issues and Outlook for 2015 Financial Results” above for further discussion of the impact on 
our financial results.  

Economic downturns or reductions in government funding of infrastructure projects could reduce our revenues and 

profits and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

Our  business  is  highly  dependent  on  the  amount  and  timing  of  infrastructure  work  funded  by  various 
governmental  entities,  which,  in  turn,  depends  on  the  overall  condition  of  the  economy,  the  need  for  new  or 
replacement infrastructure, the priorities placed on various projects funded by governmental entities and federal, state 
or  local  government  spending  levels.  Spending  on  infrastructure  could  decline  for  numerous  reasons,  including 
decreased revenues received by state and local governments for spending on such projects, including federal funding. 
The  most  recent  recession  caused  a  nationwide  decline  in  home  sales  and  an  increase  in  foreclosures,  which 
correspondingly resulted in decreases in property taxes and some other local taxes, which are among the sources of 
funding  for  municipal  road,  bridge  and  water  infrastructure  construction.  State  spending  on  highway  and  other 
projects  can  be  adversely  affected  by  decreases  or  delays  in,  or  uncertainties  regarding,  federal  highway  funding, 

13 

which could adversely affect us. We are reliant upon contracts with state transportation departments for a significant 
portion of our revenues. 

(cid:54)(cid:72)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:179)(cid:37)(cid:88)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:237)Our Markets, Customers and Competition” above for a more detailed discussion of our markets 

and their funding sources. 

We operate in Texas, Utah, Nevada, Arizona, California, Hawaii and to a lesser extent in other states, and adverse 
changes to the economy and business environment in those states have had an adverse effect on, and could 
continue to adversely affect, our operations, which could lead to lower revenues and reduced profitability. 

Because of this concentration in specific geographic locations, we are susceptible to fluctuations in our business 
caused by adverse economic or other conditions in these regions, including natural or other disasters. The stagnant or 
depressed  economy,  to  varying  degrees,  in  Texas,  Utah,  Nevada,  Arizona,  California  and  Hawaii  have  adversely 
affected, and could continue to adversely effect, our business and results of operations.  

The cancellation of significant contracts or our disqualification from bidding for new contracts could reduce our 

revenues and profits and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

Contracts  that  we  enter  into  with  governmental  entities  can  usually  be  canceled  at  any  time  by  them  with 
payment  only  for  the  work  already  completed.  In  addition,  we  could  be  prohibited  from  bidding  on  certain 
governmental contracts if we fail to maintain qualifications required by those entities. A cancellation of an unfinished 
contract  or  our  debarment  from  the  bidding  process  could  cause  our  equipment  and  work  crews  to  be  idled  for  a 
significant period of time until other comparable work becomes available, which could have a material adverse effect 
on our business and results of operations. 

Our growth strategy involves a number of risks. 

While for a number of years we have pursued revenue and profit growth through the acquisition of companies 
and  assets  that  enabled  us  to  expand  our  project  skill-sets  and  capabilities,  enlarge  our  geographic  markets,  add 
experienced  management  and  enhance  our  ability  to  bid  on  larger  contracts,  we  may  be  unable  or  unwilling  to 
continue to implement this strategy if we cannot reach agreements for potential acquisitions on acceptable terms or 
for other reasons. Risks related to growth, including growth through acquisitions, include: 

(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

difficulties in the integration of operations and systems; 
difficulties applying our expertise in one market into another market; 
regulatory  requirements  that  impose  restrictions  on  bidding  for  certain  projects  because  of  historical 
operations by Sterling or the acquired company; 
the key personnel, customers and project partners of the acquired company may terminate or diminish their 
relationships with the acquired company; 

(cid:120)  we  may  experience  additional  financial  and  accounting  challenges  and  complexities  in  areas  such  as  tax 

planning and financial reporting; 

(cid:120)  we  may  assume  or  be  held  liable  for  risks  and  liabilities  (including  for  environmental-related  costs  and 
liabilities) as a result of our acquisitions, some of which we may not discover during our due diligence; 
(cid:120)  we may not adequately anticipate competitive and other market factors applicable to the acquired company; 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120)  we may not be able to realize cost savings or other financial benefits we anticipated or we may not realize 

our ongoing business may be disrupted or receive insufficient management attention; and 

the anticipated benefits in the time frame that we expected. 

Future  growth,  including  growth  through  acquisitions,  may  require  us  to  obtain  additional  equity  or  debt 
financing, as well as additional surety bonding capacity, which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at 
all. Moreover, to the extent that any acquisition results in additional goodwill, it will reduce our tangible net worth, 
which might have an adverse effect on our credit and bonding capacity. 

Management may have difficulty implementing its business strategy. 

We  have  recently  experienced  significant  losses  primarily  related  to  projects  constructed  in  Texas.  If 
management  is  unable  to  timely  implement  its  business  strategy  to  return  to  profitability  in  its  Texas,  or  other 
markets, our results of operations, cash flows and shareholder returns could be adversely affected. In addition, if a 
return to profitability does not occur within the time frame that we anticipate, or if we continue to incur losses in our 
Texas, or other markets, we may not have sufficient working capital to timely complete our construction projects. If 
adequate funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable terms, to alleviate our working capital constraints 
as we execute our business strategy to return to profitability we may need to liquidate assets, sell our owner’s interest 
in subsidiaries, or take other measures to provide sufficient working capital to continue our operations. 

14 

Our industry is highly competitive, with a variety of companies competing against us, and our failure to compete 

effectively could reduce the number of new contracts awarded to us or adversely affect our margins on contracts 
awarded. 

In the past, a majority of the contracts on which we bid  were awarded through a competitive bid process, with 
awards generally being made to the lowest bidder, but sometimes recognizing other factors, such as shorter contract 
schedules  or  prior  experience  with  the  customer.  For  our  design-build,  CM/GC  and  other  alternative  methods  of 
delivering  projects,  reputation,  marketing  efforts,  quality  of  design  and  minimizing  public  inconvenience  are  also 
significant factors considered in awarding contracts, in addition to cost. Within our markets, we compete with many 
international, national, regional and local construction firms. Some of these competitors have achieved greater market 
penetration  than  we  have  in  the  markets  in  which  we  compete,  and  some  may  have  greater  financial  and  other 
resources than we do. In addition, there are a number of international and national companies in our industry that are 
larger  than  we  are  and  that,  if  they  so  desire,  could  establish  a  presence  in  our  markets  and  compete  with  us  for 
contracts. 

In  some  markets  where  residential  and  commercial  projects  have  significantly  diminished,  the  bidding 
environment in our markets has been much more competitive as construction companies that lack available work in 
those markets have begun bidding on projects in our markets, sometimes at bid levels below our break-even pricing. 
In addition, traditional competitors on larger transportation and water infrastructure projects also appear to have been 
bidding at less than normal margins, and in some cases at below our break-even pricing, in order to replenish their 
backlogs.  As  a  result,  we  may  need  to  accept  lower  contract  margins  in  order  to  compete  against  competitors  that 
have the ability to accept awards at lower prices or have a pre-existing relationship with a customer. 

In  addition,  if  the  use  of  design-build,  CM/GC  and  other  alternative  project  delivery  methods  continues  to 
increase and  we are not able  to further develop our capabilities and reputation  in connection  with these alternative 
delivery  methods,  we  will  be  at  a  competitive  disadvantage,  which  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
financial  position,  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  and  prospects.  If  we  are  unable  to  compete  successfully  in  our 
markets, our relative market share and profits could also be reduced. 

Our dependence on subcontractors and suppliers of materials (including petroleum-based products) could increase 
our costs and impair our ability to complete contracts on a timely basis or at all, which would adversely affect 
our profits and cash flow. 

We rely on third-party subcontractors to perform some of the work on many of our contracts. We generally do 
not bid on contracts unless we have the necessary subcontractors committed for the anticipated scope of the contract 
and at prices that we have included in our bid, except in some instances for trucking arrangements. Therefore, to the 
extent  that  we  cannot  engage  subcontractors,  our  ability  to  bid  for  contracts  may  be  impaired.  In  addition,  if  a 
subcontractor  is  unable  to  deliver  its  services  according  to  the  negotiated  terms  for  any  reason,  including  the 
deterioration of its financial condition, we may suffer delays and be required to purchase the services from another 
source at a higher price or incur other unanticipated costs. This may reduce the profit to be realized, or result in a loss, 
on a contract. 

We  also  rely  on  third-party  suppliers  to  provide  most  of  the  materials  (including  aggregates,  cement,  asphalt, 
concrete,  steel,  pipe,  oil  and  fuel)  for  our  contracts,  except  in  Nevada  where  we  source  and  produce  some  of  the 
aggregates we use from quarries in which we have mining rights. We do not own or operate any quarries in Texas, 
Utah,  Arizona,  California,  or  Hawaii.  We  normally  do  not  bid  on  contracts  unless  we  have  commitments  from 
suppliers  for  the  materials  and  subcontractors  for  certain  of  the  services  required  to  complete  the  contract  and  at 
prices that  we  have included in our bid, except for some construction projects in Nevada  where  we use aggregates 
from  quarries  in  which  we  have  mining  rights.  Thus,  to  the  extent  that  we  cannot  obtain  commitments  from  our 
suppliers for materials and subcontractors for certain of the services, our ability to bid for contracts may be impaired. 
In addition, if a supplier or subcontractor is unable to deliver materials or services according to the negotiated terms 
of a supply/services agreement for any reason, including the deterioration of its  financial condition,  we  may suffer 
delays  and  be  required  to  purchase  the  materials/services  from  another  source  at  a  higher  price  or  incur  other 
unanticipated costs. This may reduce the profit to be realized, or result in a loss, on a contract. 

Diesel fuel and other petroleum-based products are utilized to operate the plants and equipment on which we rely 
to  perform  our  construction  contracts.  In  addition,  our  asphalt  plants  and  suppliers  use  oil  in  combination  with 
aggregates  to  produce  asphalt  used  in  our  road  and  highway  construction  projects.  Decreased  supplies  of  such 
products relative to demand, unavailability of petroleum supplies due to refinery turnarounds, higher prices charged 
for petroleum based products and other factors can increase the cost of such products. Future increases in the costs of 
fuel and other petroleum-based products used in our business, particularly if a bid has been submitted for a contract 
and  the  costs  of  such  products  have  been  estimated  at  amounts  less  than  the  actual  costs  thereof,  could  result  in  a 
lower profit, or a loss, on a contract.  

15 

We may not accurately assess the quality, and we may not accurately estimate the quality, quantity, availability and 

cost, of aggregates we plan to produce, particularly for projects in rural areas of Nevada, which could have a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

Particularly for projects in rural areas of Nevada, we typically estimate the quality, quantity, availability and cost 
for anticipated aggregate sources that  we have  not previously  used to produce aggregates,  which increases  the risk 
that our estimates may be inaccurate. Inaccuracies in our estimates regarding aggregates could result in significantly 
higher costs to supply aggregates needed for our projects, as well as potential delays and other inefficiencies. As a 
result, our failure to accurately assess the quality, quantity, availability and cost of aggregates could cause us to incur 
losses, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations. 

If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel and skilled labor, or if we encounter labor difficulties, our ability 

to bid for and successfully complete contracts may be negatively impacted. 

Our ability to attract and retain reliable, qualified personnel is a significant factor that enables us to successfully 
bid for and profitably complete our work. This includes members of our management, project managers, estimators, 
supervisors,  foremen,  equipment  operators  and  laborers.  The  loss  of  the  services  of  any  of  our  management  could 
have a material adverse effect on us. Our future success will also depend on our ability to hire and retain, or to attract 
when needed, highly-skilled personnel. If competition for these employees is intense, we could experience difficulty 
hiring  and  retaining  the  personnel  necessary  to  support  our  business.  If  we  do  not  succeed  in  retaining  our  current 
employees and attracting, developing and retaining new highly-skilled employees, our reputation may be harmed and 
our operations and future earnings may be negatively impacted. 

We rely heavily on immigrant labor. We have taken steps that we believe are sufficient and appropriate to ensure 
compliance with immigration laws. However, we cannot provide assurance that we have identified, or will identify in 
the future, all illegal immigrants  who  work  for us. Our failure to identify illegal  immigrants  who  work  for us  may 
result in fines or other penalties being imposed upon us, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, 
results of operations and financial condition. 

In Nevada, California and Hawaii, a substantial number of our equipment operators and laborers are unionized. 
Any work stoppage or other labor dispute involving our unionized workforce, or inability to renew contracts with the 
unions, could have a material adverse effect on our operations and operating results. 

Our contracts may require us to perform extra or change order work, which can result in disputes and adversely 

affect our working capital, profits and cash flows. 

Our  contracts  often  require  us  to  perform  extra  or  change  order  work  as  directed  by  the  customer  even  if  the 
customer has not agreed in advance on the scope or price of the extra work to be performed. This process may result 
in disputes over whether the work performed is beyond the scope of the work included in the original project plans 
and  specifications  or,  if  the  customer  agrees  that  the  work  performed  qualifies  as  extra  work,  the  price  that  the 
customer is willing to pay for the extra work. These disputes may not be settled to our satisfaction. Even when the 
customer agrees to pay for the extra work, we may be required to fund the cost of such work for a lengthy period of 
time until the change order is approved by the customer and we are paid by the customer. 

To  the  extent  that  actual  recoveries  with  respect  to  change  orders  or  amounts  subject  to  contract  disputes  or 
claims are less than the estimates used in our financial statements, the amount of any shortfall will reduce our future 
revenues  and  profits,  and  this  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  reported  working  capital  and  results  of 
operations.  In  addition,  any  delay  caused  by  the  extra  work  may  adversely  impact  the  timely  scheduling  of  other 
project work and our ability to meet specified contract milestone dates. 

Our failure to meet schedule or performance requirements of our contracts could adversely affect us. 

In  most  cases,  our  contracts  require  completion  by  a  scheduled  acceptance  date.  Failure  to  meet  any  such 
schedule could result in additional costs, penalties or liquidated damages being assessed against us, and these could 
exceed projected profit margins on the contract. Performance problems on existing and future contracts could cause 
actual results of operations to differ materially from those anticipated by us and could cause us to suffer damage to 
our reputation within the industry and among our customers. 

The design-build project delivery method subjects us to the risk of design errors and omissions. 

In the event of a design error or omission causing damages with respect to one of our design-build projects, we 
could be liable. Although we pass design responsibility on to the engineering firms that we engage to perform design 
services on our behalf for these projects, in the event of a design error or omission causing damages, there is risk that 
the  engineering  firm,  its  professional  liability  insurance,  and  the  errors  and  omissions  insurance  that  they  and  we 
purchase will not fully protect us from costs or liabilities. Any liabilities resulting from an asserted design defect with 

16 

respect to our construction projects may have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations 
and cash flows. 

Adverse weather conditions may cause delays, which could slow completion of our contracts and negatively affect 

our revenues and cash flow. 

Because  all  of  our  construction  projects  are  built  outdoors,  work  on  our  contracts  is  subject  to  unpredictable 
weather  conditions,  which  could  become  more  frequent  or  severe  if  general  climatic  changes  occur.  For  example, 
evacuations  in  Texas  due  to  hurricanes  along  the  U.S.  Gulf  of  Mexico  coastal  areas  can  result  in  our  inability  to 
perform  work  on  all  Houston-area  contracts  for  several  days.  Lengthy  periods  of  wet  or  cold  winter  weather  will 
generally  interrupt  construction,  and  this  can  lead  to  under-utilization  of  crews  and  equipment,  resulting  in  less 
efficient rates of overhead recovery. Extreme heat can prevent us from performing certain types of operations. During 
the late fall to the early spring months of each year, our work on construction projects in Nevada and Utah may also 
be curtailed because of snow and other work-limiting weather. While revenues can be recovered following a period 
of bad weather, it is generally impossible to recover the cost of inefficiencies, and significant periods of bad weather 
typically  reduce  profitability  of  affected  contracts  both  in  the  current  period  and  during  the  future  life  of  affected 
contracts.  Such  reductions  in  contract  profitability  negatively  affect  our  results  of  operations  in  current  and  future 
periods until the affected contracts are completed. 

Timing of the award and performance of new contracts could have an adverse effect on our operating results and 

cash flow. 

It  is  generally  very  difficult  to  predict  whether  and  when  new  contracts  will  be  offered  for  tender,  as  these 
contracts  frequently  involve  a  lengthy  and  complex  design  and  bidding  process,  which  is  affected  by  a  number  of 
factors, such as market conditions, funding arrangements and governmental approvals. Because of these factors, our 
results of operations and cash flows may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and year to year, and the fluctuation may be 
substantial. 

The  uncertainty  of  the  timing  of  contract  awards  may  also  present  difficulties  in  matching  the  size  of  our 
equipment  fleet  and  work  crews  with  contract  needs.  In  some  cases,  we  may  maintain  and  bear  the  cost  of  more 
equipment and ready work crews than are currently required, in anticipation of future needs for existing contracts or 
expected future contracts. If a contract is delayed or an expected contract award is not received, we would incur costs 
that could have a material adverse effect on our anticipated profit. 

In addition, the timing of the revenues, earnings and cash flows from our contracts can be delayed by a number 
of  factors,  including  adverse  weather  conditions,  such  as  prolonged  or  intense  periods  of  rain,  snow,  storms  or 
flooding; delays in receiving material and equipment from suppliers and services from subcontractors; and changes in 
the scope of work to be performed. Such delays, if they occur, could have adverse effects on our operating results for 
current and future periods until the affected contracts are completed. 

Our participation in construction joint ventures exposes us to liability and/or harm to our reputation for failures of 

our partners. 

As part of our business, we are a party to joint venture arrangements, pursuant to which we typically jointly bid 
on and execute particular projects with other companies in the construction industry. Success on these joint projects 
depends upon managing the risks discussed in the various risks described in these “Risk Factors” and on whether our 
joint venture partners satisfy their contractual obligations. 

We and our joint venture partners are generally jointly and severally liable for all liabilities and obligations of 
our joint ventures. If a joint  venture partner  fails to perform or is financially  unable  to  bear its portion of required 
capital contributions or other obligations, including liabilities stemming from lawsuits, we could be required to make 
additional investments, provide additional services or pay more than our proportionate share of a liability to make up 
for our partner’s shortfall. Furthermore, if we are unable to adequately address our partner’s performance issues, the 
customer may terminate the project, which could result in legal liability to us, harm to our reputation and reduction to 
our profit on a project. 

In  connection  with  acquisitions,  certain  counterparties  to  joint  venture  arrangements,  which  may  include  our 
historical  direct  competitors,  may  not  desire  to  continue  such  arrangements  with  us  and  may  terminate  the  joint 
venture arrangements or not enter into new arrangements. Any termination of a joint venture arrangement could cause 
us to reduce our backlog and could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial 
condition. 

Our dependence on a limited number of customers could adversely affect our business and results of operations. 

Due to the size and nature of our construction contracts, one or a few customers have in the past and may in the 
future represent a substantial portion of our consolidated revenues and gross profits in any one year or over a period 

17 

of  several  consecutive  years.  For  example,  in  2014,  approximately  9.1%  of  our  revenue  was  generated  from  North 
Texas  Tollway  Authority  (“NTTA”)  and  approximately  14.5%  was  generated  by  Caltrans.  Similarly,  our  backlog 
frequently  reflects  multiple  contracts  for  certain  customers;  therefore,  one  customer  may  comprise  a  significant 
percentage of backlog at a certain point in time. Examples of this are TxDOT and Caltrans which comprised 30.6% 
and 23.2% of our backlog at December 31, 2014, respectively. The loss of business from any one of such customers 
could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations. Also, a default or delay in payment on a 
significant scale by a customer could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and 
financial condition. 

We may incur higher costs to lease, acquire and maintain equipment necessary for our operations, and the market 

value of our owned equipment may decline. 

A significant portion of our contracts is built with our own construction equipment rather than leased or rented 
equipment. To the extent that we are unable to buy construction equipment necessary for our needs, either due to a 
lack of available funding or equipment shortages in the marketplace, we may be forced to rent equipment on a short-
term basis, which could increase the costs of performing our contracts. 

The  equipment  that  we  own  or  lease  requires  continuous  maintenance,  for  which  we  maintain  our  own  repair 
facilities. If we are unable to continue to maintain the equipment in our fleet, we may be forced to obtain third-party 
repair  services,  which  could  increase  our  costs.  In  addition,  the  market  value  of  our  equipment  may  unexpectedly 
decline at a faster rate than anticipated. 

An inability to obtain bonding could limit the aggregate dollar amount of contracts that we are able to pursue. 

As is customary in the construction business, we are required to provide surety bonds to our customers to secure 
our  performance  under  construction  contracts.  Our  ability  to  obtain  surety  bonds  primarily  depends  upon  our 
capitalization, working capital, past performance, management expertise and reputation and certain external factors, 
including  the  overall  capacity  of  the  surety  market.  Surety  companies  consider  such  factors  in  relationship  to  the 
amount of our backlog and their underwriting standards, which may change from time to time. Events that adversely 
affect the insurance and bonding  markets generally  may result in bonding becoming  more difficult to obtain in the 
future, or being available only at a significantly greater cost. Our inability to obtain adequate bonding would limit the 
amount  that  we  can  bid  on  new  contracts  and  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  future  revenues  and 
business prospects. 

Our operations are subject to hazards that may cause personal injury or property damage, thereby subjecting us to 

liabilities and possible losses, which may not be covered by insurance. 

Our  workers  are  subject  to  the  usual  hazards  associated  with  providing  construction  and  related  services  on 
construction  sites,  plants  and  quarries.  Operating  hazards  can  cause  personal  injury  and  loss  of  life,  damage  to  or 
destruction  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  environmental  damage.  We  maintain  general  liability  and  excess 
liability  insurance,  workers’  compensation  insurance,  auto  insurance  and  other  types  of  insurance  all  in  amounts 
consistent  with our risk of loss and industry practice, but this insurance  may not be adequate to cover all losses or 
liabilities that we may incur in our operations. 

Insurance  liabilities  are  difficult  to  assess  and  quantify  due  to  unknown  factors,  including  the  severity  of  an 
injury, the determination of our liability in proportion to other parties, the number of incidents not reported and the 
effectiveness  of  our  safety  program.  If  we  were  to  experience  insurance  claims  or  costs  above  our  estimates,  we 
might be required to use working capital to satisfy these claims rather than to maintain or expand our operations. To 
the extent that we experience a material increase in the frequency or severity of accidents or workers’ compensation 
and  health  claims,  or  unfavorable  developments  on  existing  claims,  our  operating  results  and  financial  condition 
could be materially and adversely affected. 

Environmental and other regulatory matters could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business and could 
require expenditures that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial 
condition. 

Our operations are subject to various environmental laws and regulations relating to the management, disposal 
and remediation of hazardous substances, climate change and the emission and discharge of pollutants into the air and 
water.  We  could  be  held  liable  for  such  contamination  created  not  only  from  our  own  activities  but  also  from  the 
historical activities of others  on our project sites or on properties that  we acquire or lease. Our operations are also 
subject to laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, which, among other things, regulate 
employee exposure to hazardous substances. Immigration laws require us to take certain steps intended to confirm the 
legal status of our immigrant labor force, but we may nonetheless unknowingly employ illegal immigrants. Violations 
of  such  laws  and  regulations  could  subject  us  to  substantial  fines  and  penalties,  cleanup  costs,  third-party  property 
damage  or  personal  injury  claims.  In  addition,  these  laws  and  regulations  have  become,  and  enforcement  practices 

18 

and  compliance  standards  are  becoming,  increasingly  stringent.  Moreover,  we  cannot  predict  the  nature,  scope  or 
effect of legislation or regulatory requirements that could be imposed, or how existing or future laws or regulations 
will  be  administered  or  interpreted,  with  respect  to  products  or  activities  to  which  they  have  not  been  previously 
applied. Compliance  with more stringent laws or regulations, as well as more vigorous enforcement policies of the 
regulatory  agencies,  could  require  us  to  make  substantial  expenditures  for,  among  other  things,  pollution  control 
systems  and  other  equipment  that  we  do  not  currently  possess,  or  the  acquisition  or  modification  of  permits 
applicable to our activities. 

Our  aggregate  quarry  lease  in  Nevada  could  subject  us  to  costs  and  liabilities.  As  lessee  and  operator  of  the 
quarry,  we  could  be  held  responsible  for  any  contamination  or  regulatory  violations  resulting  from  activities  or 
operations at the quarry. Any such costs and liabilities could be significant and could materially and adversely affect 
our business, operating results and financial condition. 

Terrorist attacks have impacted, and could continue to negatively impact, the U.S. economy and the markets in which 

we operate. 

Terrorist attacks, like those that occurred on September 11, 2001, have contributed to economic instability in the 
United  States,  and  further  acts  of  terrorism,  violence  or  war  could  affect  the  markets  in  which  we  operate,  our 
business  and  our  expectations.  Armed  hostilities  may  increase,  or  terrorist  attacks,  or  responses  from  the  United 
States,  may  lead  to  further  acts  of  terrorism  and  civil  disturbances  in  the  United  States  or  elsewhere,  which  may 
further  contribute  to  economic  instability  in  the  United  States.  These  attacks  or  armed  conflicts  may  affect  our 
operations or those of our customers or suppliers and could impact our revenues, our production capability and our 
ability to complete contracts in a timely manner. 

We rely on information technology systems to conduct our business, and disruption, failure or security breaches of 

these systems could adversely affect our business and results of operations. 

We rely on information technology (“IT”) systems in order to achieve our business objectives. We also rely upon 
industry accepted security measures and technology to securely maintain confidential information maintained on our 
IT systems. However, our portfolio of hardware and software products, solutions and services and our enterprise IT 
systems may be vulnerable to damage or disruption caused by circumstances beyond our control such as catastrophic 
events,  power  outages,  natural  disasters,  computer  system  or  network  failures,  computer  viruses,  cyber-attacks  or 
other  malicious  software  programs. The  failure  or  disruption  of  our  IT  systems  to  perform  as  anticipated  for  any 
reason  could  disrupt  our  business  and  result  in  decreased  performance,  significant  remediation  costs,  transaction 
errors,  loss  of  data,  processing  inefficiencies,  downtime,  litigation  and  the  loss  of  suppliers  or  customers. A 
significant  disruption  or  failure  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business  operations,  financial 
performance and financial condition.  

Risks Related to Our Financial Results and Financing Plans. 

Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions that we use to prepare our financial statements. 

To prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 
(“GAAP”),  management  is  required  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions,  as  of  the  date  of  the  financial  statements, 
which affect the reported values of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets 
and  liabilities.  Areas  requiring  significant  estimates  by  our  management  include:  contract  costs  and  profits; 
application  of  percentage-of-completion  accounting  and  revenue  recognition  of  contract  change  order  claims; 
provisions  for uncollectible receivables and customer claims and recoveries of costs  from  subcontractors, suppliers 
and others; impairment of long-term assets; valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection  with 
business combinations; accruals for estimated liabilities, including litigation and insurance reserves; and stock-based 
compensation. Our actual results could differ from, and could require adjustments to, those estimates. 

In  particular,  as  is  more  fully  discussed  in  “Item  7.  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations —  Critical  Accounting  Policies,”  we  recognize  contract  revenue  using  the 
percentage-of-completion  method.  Under  this  method,  estimated  contract  revenue  is  recognized  by  applying  the 
percentage of completion of the contract for the period (based on the ratio of costs incurred to total estimated costs of 
a  contract)  to  the  total  estimated  revenue  for  the  contract.  Estimated  contract  losses  are  recognized  in  full  when 
determined.  Contract  revenue  and  total  cost  estimates  are  reviewed  and  revised  on  a  continuous  basis  as  the  work 
progresses and as change orders are initiated or approved, and adjustments based upon the percentage of completion 
are reflected in contract revenue in the accounting period when these estimates are revised. To the extent that these 
adjustments result in an increase, a reduction or an elimination of previously reported contract profit, we recognize a 
credit or a charge against current earnings, which could be material. 

19 

We may need to raise additional capital in the future for working capital, capital expenditures and/or acquisitions, 
and we may not be able to do so on favorable terms or at all, which would impair our ability to operate our 
business or achieve our growth objectives. 

Our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  in  the  future  will  depend  in  part  upon  prevailing  credit  and  equity 
market conditions, as well as conditions in our business and our operating results; such factors may adversely affect 
our efforts to arrange additional financing on terms satisfactory to us. We have pledged the proceeds and other rights 
under  our  construction  contracts  to  our  bond  surety,  and  we  have  pledged  substantially  all  of  our  other  assets  as 
collateral in connection with our credit facility and mortgage debt. As a result, we may have difficulty in obtaining 
additional financing in the future if such financing requires us to pledge assets as collateral. In addition, under our 
credit facility, we must obtain the consent of our lenders to incur any amount of additional debt from other sources 
(subject to certain exceptions). If future financing is obtained by the issuance of additional shares of common stock, 
our stockholders may suffer dilution. If adequate funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable terms, we 
may  not  be  able  to  make  future  investments,  take  advantage  of  acquisitions  or  other  opportunities,  or  respond  to 
competitive challenges. 

We are subject to financial and other covenants under our credit facility that could limit our flexibility in managing 

our business. 

We  have  a  credit  facility  that  restricts  us  from  engaging  in  certain  activities,  including  our  ability  (subject  to 

certain exceptions) to: 

(cid:120)  make distributions, pay dividends and buy back shares;  
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120)  make acquisitions.  

incur liens or encumbrances;  
incur other indebtedness;  
guarantee obligations;  
dispose of a material portion of assets; 
engage in a merger with a third party; and 

Our  credit  facility  contains  financial  covenants  that  require  us  to  maintain  specified  asset  ratios  and  leverage 
ratios, and to maintain specified levels of tangible net worth. Our ability to borrow funds for any purpose will depend 
on our satisfying these tests. If we are unable to meet the terms of the financial covenants or fail to comply with any 
of the other restrictions contained in our credit facility, an event of default could occur. An event of default, if not 
waived by our lenders, could result in the acceleration of any outstanding indebtedness, causing such debt to become 
immediately due and payable. If such acceleration occurs, we may not be able to repay such indebtedness on a timely 
basis. Acceleration of our credit facility could result in foreclosure on and loss of our operating assets. In the event of 
such foreclosure, we would be unable to conduct our business and forced to discontinue operations. 
We must manage our liquidity carefully to fund our working capital. 

The need for working capital for our business varies due to fluctuations in the following amounts, among other 

factors: 

(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

contract receivables and contract retentions; 
costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings; 
billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings; 
the size and status of contract mobilization payments and progress billings; and 
the amounts owed to suppliers and subcontractors. 

We have limited cash on hand and the timing of payments on our contract receivables are difficult to predict. If 
the  timing  of  payments  on  our  receivables  is  delayed  or  the  amount  of  such  payments  is  less  than  expected,  our 
liquidity and ability to fund working capital could be materially and adversely affected. 

If we were required to write down all or part of our goodwill, our net earnings and net worth could be materially and 

adversely affected. 

We had $54.8 million of goodwill recorded on our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2014. Goodwill 
represents  the  excess  of  cost  over  the  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired  in  business  combinations  reduced  by  any 
impairments recorded subsequent to the date of acquisition. A shortfall in our revenues or net income or changes in 
various  other  factors  from  that  expected  by  securities  analysts  and  investors  could  significantly  reduce  the  market 
price of our common stock. If our market capitalization drops significantly below the amount of net equity recorded 
on our balance sheet, it might indicate a decline in our fair value and would require us to further evaluate whether our 
goodwill has been impaired. We perform an annual test of our goodwill to determine if it has become impaired. On 
an interim basis, we also review the factors that have or may affect our operations or market capitalization for events 
that may trigger impairment testing. Write downs of goodwill may be substantial. For example, in 2011, our annual 

20 

test  indicated  that  goodwill  was  impaired,  and  as  a  result  we  recorded  a  charge  of  $67.0  million  representing 
approximately  55%  of  the  $121  million  of  recorded  goodwill  prior  to  the  write  down.  As  a  result,  the  Company 
incurred a significant loss for 2011 and equity declined by $41.8 million. If we were required to write down all or a 
significant  part  of  our  goodwill  in  future  periods  our  net  earnings  and  equity  could  be  materially  and  adversely 
affected.  

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

None 

Item 2. Properties 

Our corporate headquarters are located in The Woodlands, Texas, in 12,340 square feet  of office  space leased 
with an eight year term. Our executive, finance and accounting offices are located at this facility. We also have an 
office located in Lafayette, Colorado where we lease a small office for our information technology professionals. 

Our  TSC  office  building  is  located  in  Houston,  Texas,  which  houses  TSC’s  executive  management,  project 
management and finance and accounting offices. The building is located on a seven-acre parcel of land on which the 
TSC  Houston  division’s  equipment  repair  center  is  also  located.  We  also own  land,  have  repair  facilities  and  have 
constructed offices in San Antonio and Dallas.  

Our Utah operations leases office space in Draper, Utah, near Salt Lake City, and also repair facilities in West 
Jordan  City,  Utah  from  entities  owned  primarily  by  certain  officers  of  RLW.  Refer  to  Note  19  to  the  consolidated 
financial statements for additional information regarding related party transactions. 

Our Nevada operations leases office space in Sparks, Nevada, and we own our office and repair facilities located 
on a forty-five acre parcel of land in Lovelock, Nevada. We also lease the right to mine stone and sand at four quarry 
sites in Nevada. In Nevada, we generally  source and produce our own aggregates, either from our own quarries or 
from other sources  near job sites  where  we enter into short-term leases to acquire the aggregates  necessary  for the 
job. 

Our  Arizona,  California  and  Hawaii  operations  lease  office  space  in  Tempe,  Sacramento  and  Honolulu, 

respectively.  

In order to complete most contracts, we also lease small parcels of real estate near the site of a contract job site to 
store  materials,  locate  equipment,  and  provide  offices  for  the  contracting  customer,  its  representatives  and  our 
employees. 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings. 

We  are  and  may  in  the  future  be  involved  as  a  party  to  various  legal  proceedings  that  are  incidental  to  the 
ordinary  course  of  business.  We  regularly  analyze  current  information  about  these  proceedings  and,  as  necessary, 
provide accruals for probable liabilities on the eventual disposition of these matters. 

In the opinion of management, after consultation with legal counsel, there are currently no threatened or pending 
legal matters that would reasonably be expected in the future to have a material adverse impact on our consolidated 
results of operations, financial position or cash flows. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures. 

The information concerning mine safety violations and other regulatory matters required by section 1503(a) of 
the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  and  Item  104  of  Regulation  S-K  is  included  in 
Exhibit 95.1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is incorporated by reference. 

21 

 
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 

(At March 1, 2015) 

The following is a list of the Company's three executive officers, their ages, positions, offices and the year they 

became executive officers together with a brief description of their business experience. 

Name 

Age 

Position/Offices 

Paul J. Varello  

Thomas R. Wright 

Roger M. Barzun 

71 

51 

73 

Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief 

Executive Officer  

Executive Vice President & Chief Financial 

Officer, Treasurer 

Senior Vice President & General Counsel, 

Secretary  

Executive  
Officer Since 

2015 

2013 

2006 

Each  executive  officer  is  elected  by  the  Board  of  Directors  and,  subject  to  the  terms  of  any  employment 
agreement he  may  have  with  the Company,  holds office for such term as the Board of Directors  may prescribe, or 
until his death, disqualification, resignation or removal.  

Mr.  Varello,  who  has  been  a  director  of  the  Company  since  January  2014,  and  Chairman  of  the  Board  of 
Directors since December 2014, was elected acting Chief Executive Officer after the Company's former President & 
Chief Executive Officer, Peter E. MacKenna, left the Company on January 31, 2015. Mr. Varello is the Founder and 
President of Commonwealth Projects, LLC, a project development company specializing in developing LNG projects 
in  the  Caribbean  Basin  and  Bermuda.  He  is  the  former  Founder  and  Chairman  of  Commonwealth  Engineering  & 
Construction,  LLC  (CEC)  an  engineering  and  construction  management  company  specializing  in  the  design  and 
construction  of  major  capital  projects  for  the  oil  &  gas,  refining,  alternative  fuels,  power,  and  related  energy 
industries, which he sold in 2014. Prior to founding CEC in May 2003, Mr. Varello was Senior Partner of Varello & 
Associates,  a  company  that  provided  technical  assessments,  economic  evaluations,  estimates  and  constructability 
reviews to project lenders, plant operators and engineering companies from September 2001 to May 2003. From May 
1990 to September 2001, Mr. Varello was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of American Ref-Fuel 
Company  of  Houston,  Texas.  The  company  was  formed  as  a  joint  venture  of  two  publicly-traded  companies  to 
develop, own and operate plants that convert solid municipal waste into energy. For the eighteen years prior to 1990, 
Mr.  Varello  was  with  Fluor  Corporation,  a  Fortune  500  company  that  provides  engineering,  procurement, 
construction,  maintenance,  and  project  management  services  to  a  wide  range  of  global  clients.  Mr.  Varello  started 
with Fluor as a project construction manager and rose to President of the Process Sector. Mr. Varello is a Registered 
Professional Engineer in California, Texas and Louisiana, and holds a Bachelor of Civil Engineering from Villanova 
University. He is also a graduate of Harvard Business School's Advanced Management Program.  

Mr. Wright was elected Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer effective September 
25,  2013.  From  February  2011  until  he  joined  the  Company,  Mr.  Wright  was  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Toronto-
based  St  Mary's/CBM,  a  leading  North  American  cement  and  concrete  company.  Prior to  that,  from  April  2006  to 
September  2010,  he  was  with  Boart  Longyear  Company,  a  global  drilling  services  and  products  manufacturing 
company,  initially  as  Vice  President,  Finance,  Global  Products  and  Manufacturing,  and  subsequently  as  Vice 
President,  Financial  Planning  and  Analysis,  Mergers  and  Acquisitions,  Investor  Relations,  Strategic  Planning,  and 
Corporate Communications. Mr. Wright holds an MBA in Finance from the Indiana University. 

Mr.  Barzun  has  been  an  officer  of  the  Company  for  more  than  the  last  five  years  and  also  serves  as  general 
counsel  to  other  companies  from  time  to  time  on  a  part-time  basis.  He  is  a  member  of  the  bar  of  New  York  and 
Massachusetts.  

22 

 
 
PART II 

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities. 

The  Company’s  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  (“NGS”).  The  table  below 

shows the market high and low closing sales prices of the common stock for 2013 and 2014 by quarter. 

High 

Low 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 

First Quarter ..................................................................   $  11.78 
  10.97 
Second Quarter .............................................................  
  10.50 
Third Quarter ................................................................  
  12.17 
Fourth Quarter ..............................................................  

Year Ended December 31, 2014 

First Quarter ..................................................................   $  11.63 
9.60 
Second Quarter .............................................................  
9.88 
Third Quarter ................................................................  
9.15 
Fourth Quarter ..............................................................  

$ 

$ 

9.80 
8.91 
9.13 
8.67 

8.67 
6.78 
7.46 
5.67 

On February 28, 2015, there were 930 holders of record of our common stock.  

Dividend Policy.  

We have never paid any cash dividends on our common stock. For the foreseeable future, we intend to retain any 
earnings  in  our  business,  and  we  do  not  anticipate  paying  any  cash  dividends.  Whether  or  not  we  declare  any 
dividends  will  be  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board  of  Directors  considering  then-existing  conditions,  including  the 
Company’s  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,  capital  requirements,  bonding  prospects,  contractual 
restrictions (including those under the Company’s “Credit Facility” – the credit facility entered into October 31, 2007 
with Comerica Bank), business prospects and other factors that our Board of Directors considers relevant. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information.   

Certain  information  about  the  Company's  equity  compensation  plans  is  incorporated  into  Item  12.  —  Security 
Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder  Matters  from  the  Company's 
proxy statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Performance Graph.  

The following graph compares the percentage change in the Company’s cumulative total stockholder return on 
its common stock for the last five years with the Dow Jones US Total Return Index, a broad market index, and the 
Dow Jones US Heavy Construction Index, a group of companies  whose  marketing strategy is focused on a limited 
product line, such as civil construction. Both indices are published in The Wall Street Journal. 

The  returns  are  calculated  assuming  that  an  investment  with  a  value  of  $100  was  made  in  the  Company’s 
common  stock  and  in  each  index  at  the  end  of  2009  and  that  all  dividends  were  reinvested  in  additional  shares  of 
common  stock;  however,  the  Company  has  paid  no  dividends  during  the  periods  shown.  The  graph  lines  merely 
connect the measuring dates and do not reflect fluctuations between those dates. The stock performance shown on the 
graph is not intended to be indicative of future stock performance.  

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN* 
Among Sterling Construction Company, Inc, the Dow Jones US Total Return Index,  
and the Dow Jones US Heavy Construction Index 

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

12/09

12/10

12/11

12/12

12/13

12/14

Sterling Construction Company, Inc

Dow Jones US Total Return

Dow Jones US Heavy Construction

*$100 invested on 12/31/09 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends. 
Fiscal year ending December 31. 

Copyright© 2015 Dow Jones & Co. All rights reserved. 

December 
2009  
($) 

December 
2010  
($) 

December 
2011  
($) 

December 
2012  
($) 

December 
2013  
($) 

December 
2014  
($) 

Sterling Construction Company, Inc. ..............   100.00 

68.13 

56.27 

51.93 

61.29 

33.39 

Dow Jones US Total Return Index ..................   100.00 

116.65 

118.22 

137.52 

182.86 

206.53 

Dow Jones US Heavy Construction Index ......   100.00 

128.40 

105.86 

128.54 

168.74 

125.68 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities. 

In October 2008, the Company announced a share-repurchase program to purchase up to $5 million in shares of 
common stock. In August 2010, the Company announced an increase to the share-repurchase program to purchase an 
additional $5  million  in  shares of common  stock, for a total up to $10  million. The specific  timing and amount of 
repurchase  will  vary  based  on  market  conditions,  securities  law  limitations  and  other  factors.  There  were  no 
repurchases of shares during the three months ended December 31, 2014. 

24 

 
  
 
 
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 

The following table sets forth selected financial and other data of the Company and its subsidiaries and should be 
read in conjunction with both “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations,” which follows, and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Amounts are in thousands, 
except per share data: 

Revenues .........................................................$ 

 (Loss) Income before income taxes and 
earnings attributable to noncontrolling 
interests ........................................................$ 

Income tax (expense) benefit ..........................
Net (loss) income .....................................
Noncontrolling owners’ interests in earnings 
of subsidiaries ..............................................

Net income (loss) attributable to Sterling 

Years ended December 31, 

2014 
 672,230   $ 

2013 
556,236  

 $ 

2012 
 630,507  

 $ 

2011 
 501,156    $ 

2010 
 459,893 

 (4,593 )  $ 
 (632 )   
 (5,225 )   

(68,804 )  $ 
(1,222 )   
(70,026 )   

 17,133   $ 
 579  
 17,712  

 (51,716 )  $ 
 17,012  
 (34,704 )   

 36,494
 (10,270) 
 26,224

 (4,556 )   

(3,903 )   

 (18,009 )   

 (1,196 )   

 (7,137) 

common stockholders ..................................$ 

 (9,781 )  $ 

(73,929 )  $ 

 (297 )  $ 

 (35,900 )  $ 

 19,087 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to 

Sterling common stockholders: 

Basic .........................................................$ 
Diluted ......................................................$ 

 (0.54 )  $ 
 (0.54 )  $ 

(4.91 )  $ 
(4.91 )  $ 

 (0.26 )  $ 
 (0.26 )  $ 

 (2.24 )  $ 
 (2.24 )  $ 

 1.15
 1.13

Weighted average number of common shares 
outstanding used in computing per share 
amounts: 

Basic  ........................................................ 
Diluted ...................................................... 

 18,063 
 18,063 

16,635 
16,635  

 16,421 
 16,421 

 16,396 
 16,396 

 16,195
 16,563

Cash dividends declared .................................

$ 

Balance sheet: 
Total assets ......................................................$ 
Long-term debt ...............................................$ 
Equity attributable to Sterling common 

-- 

$ 

--  $ 

--  $ 

--  $ 

--

 306,451  $ 
 37,021  $ 

273,018  $ 
8,331  $ 

 331,510  $ 
 24,201  $ 

 303,831  $ 
 263  $ 

 367,131
 336

stockholders .................................................$ 

 133,686   $ 

128,893  

 $ 

 210,148  

 $ 

 213,311   $ 

 250,429 

Book value per share of outstanding 

common stock attributable to Sterling 
common stockholders ..................................$ 

 7.11   $ 

Shares outstanding .......................................... 

 18,803 

7.74  
16,658 

 $ 

 12.74  
 16,495 

 $ 

 13.07   $ 

 16,321 

 15.21 
 16,468

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. 

Overview. 

We are a company that operates in one segment, heavy civil construction, through our subsidiaries, and which 
specializes  in  the  building,  reconstruction  and  repair  of  transportation  and  water  infrastructure  in  Texas,  Utah, 
Nevada, Arizona, California, Hawaii and other states  where  we see opportunities.  We have strategically expanded 
our operations, either by establishing an office in a new market, often after having successfully bid on and completed 
a project in that market, or by acquiring a company that gives us an immediate entry into a market.  

Critical Accounting Policies. 

On  an  ongoing  basis,  the  Company  evaluates  the  critical  accounting  policies  used  to  prepare  its  consolidated 

financial statements, including, but not limited to, those related to: 

(cid:120)  Revenue recognition 

(cid:120)  Contracts receivable, including retainage 

(cid:120)  Valuation of long-lived assets and goodwill 

(cid:120) 

Income taxes 

(cid:120)  Segment reporting 

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, and conform 

to the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s Accounting Standards Codification (or GAAP or ASC). 

Use of Estimates. 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities 
at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements,  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting 
period.  Certain  of  the  Company’s  accounting  policies  require  higher  degrees  of  judgment  than  others  in  their 
application. These include the recognition of revenue and earnings from construction contracts under the percentage-
of-completion method, the valuation of long-lived assets, and income taxes. Management continually evaluates all of 
its  estimates  and  judgments  based  on  available  information  and  experience;  however,  actual  amounts  could  differ 
from those estimates. 

Revenue Recognition. 

The majority of our construction contracts with our customers are “fixed unit price.” Under such contracts, we 
are committed to providing materials or services required by a contract at fixed unit prices (for example, dollars per 
cubic  yard  of  concrete  poured  or  per  cubic  yard  of  earth  excavated).  Most  of  our  state  and  municipal  contracts 
provide  for  termination  of  the  contract  for  the  convenience  of the  owner,  with  provisions  to  pay  us  only  for  work 
performed through the date of termination.  

Revenue from these construction contracts is recognized using the percentage-of-completion accounting method. 
Under this method, revenue is recognized as costs are incurred in an amount equal to cost plus the related expected 
profit  based  on  the  ratio  of  costs  incurred  to  estimated  final  costs.  This  cost  to  cost  measure  is  used  because 
management  considers  it  to  be  the  best  available  measure  of  progress  on  these  contracts.  Contract  costs  consist  of 
direct  costs  on  contracts,  including  labor,  materials,  amounts  payable  to  subcontractors  and  those  indirect  costs 
related  to  contract  performance,  such  as  indirect  salaries  and  wages,  equipment  maintenance,  repairs,  fuel  and 
depreciation, insurance and payroll taxes. Contract cost is recorded as incurred, and revisions in contract revenue and 
cost estimates are reflected in the accounting period when known.  Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted 
contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job performance, job conditions and 
estimated  profitability,  including  those  changes  arising  from  contract  change  orders,  penalty  provisions  and  final 
contract  settlements  may  result  in  revisions  to  costs  and  income  and  are  recognized  in  the  period  in  which  the 
revisions are determined.  

Change  orders  are  modifications  of  an  original  contract  that  effectively  change  the  existing  provisions  of  the 
contract without adding new scope or terms. Change orders may include changes in specifications or designs, manner 
of  performance,  facilities,  equipment,  materials,  sites  and  period  of  completion  of  the  work.  Either  we  or  our 
customers may initiate change orders.  

The  Company  considers  unapproved  change  orders  to  be  contract  variations  for  which  we  have  customer 
approval for a change of scope but a price change associated with the scope change has not yet been agreed upon. 
Costs associated with unapproved change orders are included in the estimated cost to complete the contracts and are 
treated as project costs as incurred. The Company recognizes revenue equal to costs incurred on unapproved change 

26 

orders when realization of price approval is probable. Unapproved change orders involve the use of estimates, and it 
is  reasonably  possible  that  revisions  to  the  estimated  costs  and  recoverable  amounts  may  be  required  in  future 
reporting  periods  to  reflect  changes  in  estimates  or  final  agreements  with  customers.  Change  orders  that  are 
unapproved as to both price and scope are evaluated as claims.   

The Company considers claims to be amounts in excess of agreed contract prices that we seek to collect from our 
customers  or  others  for  customer-caused  delays,  errors  in  specifications  and  designs,  contract  terminations,  change 
orders  that  are  either  in  dispute  or  are  unapproved  as  to  both  scope  and  price,  or  other  causes  of  unanticipated 
additional contract costs.  Revenue from claims is recognized when an agreement is reached with customers as to the 
value of the claims, which in some instances may not occur until after completion of work under the contract. Costs 
associated with claims are included in the estimated costs to complete the contracts and are treated as project costs 
when incurred. 

Our contracts generally take 12 to 36 months to complete. The Company generally provides a one to two-year 
warranty for workmanship under its contracts when completed.  Warranty claims historically have been insignificant. 

The  accuracy  of  our  revenue  and  profit  recognition  in  a  given  period  is  dependent  on  the  accuracy  of  our 
estimates of the revenues and costs to finish uncompleted contracts. Our estimates for all of our significant contracts 
use a highly detailed “bottom up” approach, and we believe our experience allows us to produce reliable estimates. 
However, our projects can be highly complex, and in almost every case, the profit margin estimates for a contract will 
either increase or decrease to some extent from the amount that was originally estimated at the time of bid. Because 
we  have  a  large  number  of  projects  of  varying  levels  of  size  and  complexity  in  process  at  any  given  time,  these 
changes in estimates can sometimes offset each other without materially impacting our overall profitability. However, 
large changes in revenue or cost estimates can have a significant effect on profitability. There are a number of factors 
that can contribute to changes in estimates of contract cost and profitability. The most significant of these include the 
completeness and accuracy of the original bid, recognition of costs associated with scope changes, extended overhead 
due  to  customer-related  and  weather-related  delays,  subcontractor  and  supplier  performance  issues,  site  conditions 
that differ  from those assumed in the original bid (to the extent contract remedies are unavailable), the availability 
and skill level of workers in the geographic location of the project and changes in the availability and proximity of 
materials. The foregoing factors, as well as the stage of completion of contracts in process and the mix of contracts at 
different margins, may cause fluctuations in gross profit between periods, and these fluctuations may be significant.  
Results  for  2014,  2013  and  2012  were  adversely  affected  by  revisions  to  estimated  profitability  on  a  number  of 
construction (cid:83)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:77)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:54)(cid:72)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:179)(cid:53)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:39)(cid:72)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:650)(cid:3)(cid:41)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:53)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:88)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:3)2014, Operational Issues and Outlook for 
2015 Financial Results” (cid:68)(cid:69)(cid:82)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:179)(cid:53)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:88)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:3)(cid:50)(cid:83)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:650)(cid:3)Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared with 
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013” for further discussion of the impact on our financial results. 

Contracts Receivable, Including Retainage. 

Contracts  receivable  are  generally  based  on  amounts  billed  to  the  customer.  At  December  31,  2014  and 2013, 
contracts receivable included $16.4 million and $18.3 million of retainage, respectively, which is being withheld by 
customers  until  completion  of  the  contracts.  All  other  contracts  receivable  include  only  balances  approved  for 
payment by the customer.  

Many of the contracts under which the Company performs work contain retainage provisions. Retainage refers to 
that portion of billings made by the Company but held for payment by the customer pending satisfactory completion 
of the project. Retainage on active contracts is classified as a current asset regardless of the term of the contract and is 
generally collected within one year of the completion of a contract.   

There  are  certain  contracts  that  are  completed  in  advance  of  full  payment.  When  the  receivable  will  not  be 
collected  within  our  normal  operating  cycle,  we  consider  it  a  long-term  contract  receivable  and  it  is  recorded  in 
“Other  assets,  net”  in  our  balance  sheet.    At  December  2014  and  2013,  there  was  $5.0  million  and  $7.8  million 
recorded, respectively.  We consider the credit quality of the borrower to assess the appropriate discount rate to apply 
and continuously monitor the borrower’s credit quality. 

As  the  majority  of  our  construction  contracts  are  entered  into  with  state  or  municipal  government  customers, 
credit risk is minimal. The Company ascertains that funds have been appropriated by the governmental project owner 
prior to commencing work on such projects. While most public contracts are subject to termination at the election of 
the government entity, in the event of termination the Company is entitled to receive the contract price for completed 
work  and  reimbursement  of  termination-related  costs.  Credit  risk  with  private  owners  is  minimized  because  of 
statutory mechanics liens, which give the Company high priority in the event of lien foreclosures following financial 
difficulties of private owners.  

Contracts  receivable  are  written  off  based  on  individual  credit  evaluation  and  specific  circumstances  of  the 
customer, when such treatment is warranted. There was no bad debt expense recorded in 2014 or in 2012. In 2013, 

27 

the  Company  wrote  off  $1.8  million  of  contracts  receivable  to  bad  debt  expense  which  was  recorded  in  “Other 
operating income, net.” During 2014, we recovered $1.0 million of this $1.8 million. 

Based upon a review of outstanding contracts receivable, historical collection information and existing economic 
conditions, management has determined that all contracts receivable at December 31, 2014 are fully collectible, and 
accordingly, no allowance for doubtful accounts against contracts receivable is necessary.  

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill. 

Long-lived  assets,  which  include  property,  equipment  and  acquired  intangible  assets,  including  goodwill,  are 
reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset 
may not be recoverable. Impairment evaluations involve fair values and management estimates of useful asset lives 
and future cash  flows.  Actual useful lives and cash flows  could be different  from those estimated by  management, 
and this could have a material effect on operating results and financial position. For the years ended December 31, 
2014 and 2013, there were no events or changes in circumstances that would indicate an impairment of our long-lived 
assets. 

Goodwill must be tested for impairment at least annually, and we performed our most recent annual impairment 
test  of  historical  goodwill  on  October  1,  2014.    Based  on  our  one  reporting  unit,  our  test  indicated  there  was  no 
impairment of goodwill.  See “Segment Reporting” below for further information regarding the determination of our 
reporting  unit.  Note  8  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  discusses  the  two  valuation  approaches  used  by  the 
Company  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  equity  for  purposes  of  evaluating  whether  there  is  an 
indication  of  goodwill  impairment.    These  valuation  approaches  are  impacted  by  a  number  of  factors  but  the  key 
factors are the Company’s stock price, the estimated control premium and the estimated forecasted cash flows.  The 
valuation  approaches  contain  uncertainty  regarding  the  estimates  used.  One  of  the  largest  uncertainties  relates  to 
local,  state  and  government  spending  which  management  expects  to  increase  in  the  upcoming  years.  There  are  a 
number of other uncertainties with respect to our future financial performance that could impact estimated future cash 
flows.  These  are  discussed  in  a  number  of  places  including  “Item  1A.  Risk  Factors.”  We  determined  that  the  fair 
value of the Company’s equity was approximately 19% above the carrying value of the Company’s equity.  

After  the  annual  test  was  completed,  the  Company’s  stock  price  decreased  from  $7.54  on  October  1,  2014  to 
$6.39 on December 31, 2014. Due to the decrease in the stock price, we noted that a goodwill impairment triggering 
event occurred during the fourth quarter of 2014. Therefore, we updated our annual goodwill impairment assessment 
using the two methods discussed in Note 8. The methods now included fourth quarter information which incorporated 
the Company’s stock price at December 31, 2014 and reduced gross margins used in our discounted cash flow model 
projections. Based on this revised testing, there was no goodwill impairment and we determined that the fair value of 
the Company’s equity was approximately 13% above the carrying value of the Company’s equity. 

On January 27, 2015, we announced our preliminary fourth quarter and full year 2014 results and that we were 

not in compliance with our Credit Facility’s tangible net worth covenant as of December 31, 2014.  

We believe these announcements negatively impacted the Company’s stock price which decreased from $5.52 on 
January 26, 2015 to $3.97 on January 27, 2015, and has not yet recovered. Due to the decrease in the stock price, we 
noted that a goodwill impairment triggering event may have occurred in January 2015. We believe an impairment is 
possible if our stock price does not recover. At this time, we believe that our stock price is undervalued as a result of 
these announcements and  will ultimately  recover. However, a modest change in estimated forecasted cash flows, a 
continued depressed stock price, or declines in other key  factors discussed above, could result in an impairment of 
goodwill. At December 31, 2014, we had goodwill with a remaining carrying amount of approximately $54.8 million. 

Income Taxes. 

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  based  on  the  differences  between  the  financial  statement 
carrying  amounts  and  the  tax  bases  of  assets  and  liabilities.  We  regularly  review  our  deferred  tax  assets  for 
recoverability and, where necessary, establish a valuation allowance.  

Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets if we determine that it is more likely than not 
(e.g., a likelihood of more than 50%) that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods. 
To  assess  the  likelihood,  we  use  estimates  and  judgment  regarding  our  future  taxable  income,  as  well  as  the 
jurisdiction in which this taxable income is generated, to determine whether a valuation allowance is required. Such 
evidence can include our current financial position, our results of operations, both actual and forecasted results, the 
reversal  of  deferred  tax  liabilities,  and  tax  planning  strategies  as  well  as  the  current  and  forecasted  business 
economics of our industry. Additionally, we record uncertain tax positions at their net recognizable amount, based on 
the  amount  that  management  deems  is  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  upon  ultimate  settlement  with  the  tax 
authorities in the domestic and international tax jurisdictions in which we operate. On the basis of our evaluations, at 
December  31,  2014  and  2013,  a  valuation  allowance  was  recorded  on  our  net  deferred  tax  assets  and  we  had  no 
material uncertain tax positions. 

28 

If our estimates or assumptions regarding our current and deferred tax items are inaccurate or are modified, these 

changes could have potentially material impacts on our earnings. 

Segment Reporting. 

We operate in one segment and have only one reportable segment and one reporting unit component,  which is 
heavy  civil  construction.  In  making  this  determination,  the  Company  considered  the  discrete  financial  information 
used  by  our  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker  (“CODM”).  Based  on  this  approach,  the  Company  noted  that  the 
CODM  organizes,  evaluates  and  manages  the  financial  information  around  each  heavy  civil  construction  project 
when  making  operating  decisions  and  assessing  the  Company’s  overall  performance.  The  service  provided  by  the 
Company, in all instances of our construction projects, is heavy civil construction. Furthermore, we considered that 
each  heavy  civil  construction  project  has  similar  characteristics,  includes  similar  services,  has  similar  types  of 
customers  and  is  subject  to  similar  economic  and  regulatory  environments  which  would  allow  aggregation  of 
individual operating segments into one reportable segment if multiple operating segments existed. 

In addition, the Company noted that even if our local offices were to be considered separate components of our 
heavy  civil  construction  operating  segment,  those  components  could  be  aggregated  into  a  single  reporting  unit  for 
purposes of testing goodwill for impairment because our local offices all have similar economic characteristics and 
are similar in all of the following areas: 

(cid:120)  The nature of the products and services — each of our local offices perform similar construction projects — 
they  build,  reconstruct  and  repair  roads,  highways,  bridges,  light  rail  and  water,  waste  water  and  storm 
drainage systems. 

(cid:120)  The nature of the production processes — our heavy civil construction services rendered in the construction 
process  for  each  of  our  construction  projects  performed  by  each  local  office  is  the  same —  they  excavate 
dirt, remove existing pavement and pipe, lay aggregate or concrete pavement, pipe and rail and build bridges 
and similar large structures in order to complete our projects. 

(cid:120)  The  type  or  class  of  customer  for  products  and  services —  substantially  all  of  our  customers  are  state 
departments of transportation, cities, counties, and regional water, rail and toll-road authorities. A substantial 
portion  of  the  funding  for  the  state  departments  of  transportation  to  finance  the  projects  we  construct  is 
furnished by the federal government. 

(cid:120)  The  methods  used  to  distribute  products  or  provide  services —  the  heavy  civil  construction  services 
rendered  on  our  projects  are  performed  primarily  with  our  own  field  work  crews  (laborers,  equipment 
operators  and  supervisors)  and  equipment  (backhoes,  loaders,  dozers,  graders,  cranes,  pug  mills,  crushers, 
and concrete and asphalt plants). 

(cid:120)  The  nature  of  the  regulatory  environment —  we  perform  substantially  all  of  our  projects  for  federal,  state 
and  municipal  governmental  agencies,  and  all  of  the  projects  that  we  perform  are  subject  to  substantially 
similar  regulation  under  U.S. and  state  department  of  transportation  rules,  including  prevailing  wage  and 
hour laws; codes established by the federal government and municipalities regarding water and waste water 
systems  installation;  and  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  workplace  safety  and  worker  health  of  the 
U.S. Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administration  and  to  the  employment  of  immigrants  of  the 
U.S. Department of Homeland Security. 

While  profit  margin  objectives  included  in  contract  bids  have  some  variability  from  contract  to  contract,  our 
profit margin objectives are not differentiated by our CODM or our office management based on local office location. 
Instead, the projects undertaken by each local office are primarily competitively-bid,  fixed unit or negotiated lump 
sum price contracts, all of  which are bid based on achieving  gross  margin objectives that reflect the relevant skills 
required, the contract size and duration, the availability of our personnel and equipment, the makeup and level of our 
existing  backlog,  our  competitive  advantages  and  disadvantages,  prior  experience,  the  contracting  agency  or 
customer,  the  source  of  contract  funding,  anticipated  start  and  completion  dates,  construction  risks,  penalties  or 
incentives and general economic conditions. 

Results of Operations.   

Backlog at December 31, 2014 

At December 31, 2014, our backlog of construction projects was $764 million, as compared to $687 million at 
December  31,  2013.  Our  contracts  are  typically  completed  in  12  to  36 months.    At  December  31,  2014,  there  was 
approximately $24 million excluded from our consolidated backlog where we were the apparent low bidder, but had 
not yet been formally awarded the contract or the contract price had not been finalized.  Backlog includes $16 million 
attributable to our share of estimated revenues related to joint ventures where we are a noncontrolling joint venture 
partner.  As discussed further in “(cid:44)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:80)(cid:3)(cid:20)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:37)(cid:88)(cid:86)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:86)(cid:650)(cid:53)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:39)(cid:72)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:82)(cid:83)(cid:80)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:650)(cid:41)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:76)(cid:68)(cid:79)(cid:3)(cid:53)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:88)(cid:79)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:3)2014, Operational 
Issues and Outlook  for 2015 Financial  Results,” our backlog reflects, in part, our recently implemented  strategy to 
target smaller, shorter duration projects with a particular focus on improved gross margins. 

29 

We  expect  that  our  markets  will  ultimately  recover  from  the  conditions  discussed  in  “Item  1.  Business.” 
Furthermore,  we  believe  that  the  Company  is  well-established  in  our  particular  markets  and  has  a  fleet  of  modern 
equipment that gives us the ability to perform a broad range of work which will allow us to weather current market 
conditions  and  continue  to  compete  successfully  for  projects  as  they  become  available  at  acceptable  profit  margin 
levels.  See  “Item  1.  Business —  Our  Markets,  Customers  and  Competition”  for  a  more  detailed  discussion  of  our 
markets and their funding sources.   

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared with Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 

Revenues ........................................................................$
Gross profit (loss) ..........................................................$
General and administrative expenses .............................  
Other income ..................................................................  
Operating loss ................................................................  
Gains on sale of securities ..............................................  
Interest income ...............................................................  
Interest expense ..............................................................  
Loss before income taxes and earnings attributable to 

noncontrolling interests.............................................. 
Income tax expense ........................................................ 
Net loss ..........................................................................  
Noncontrolling owners’ interests in earnings of 

    % Change  

  $ 

2013 

2014 
(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
 672,230   
 32,421  
 (36,897 )  
 252    
 (4,224 )  
--    

   $ 

 556,236    
 (29,944 ) 
 (40,951 ) 
 1,737 
 (69,158 ) 
91  
 879 
 (616 ) 

 754 
 (1,123 )  

 (4,593 )  
 (632 )  
 (5,225 )  

 (68,804 ) 
 (1,222 ) 
 (70,026 ) 

 20.9   % 
 NM   
 (9.9 )  
 (85.5 )  
 (93.9 )  
 NM   
 (14.2 )  
 82.3    

 (93.3 )  
 (48.3 )  
 (92.5 )  

subsidiaries and joint ventures ...................................

 (4,556 )  

 (3,903 )  

 16.7    

$ 
Net loss attributable to Sterling common stockholders ..
Gross margin (deficit) ....................................................  
Operating margin (deficit) .............................................  

 (9,781 )  

$ 
 4.8  %     
 (0.6 ) % 

 (73,929 ) 

 (5.4 ) % 
 (12.5 ) % 

Contract backlog, end of year ........................................$

 764,000   

$ 

 687,000  

 (86.8 )  
 NM   
 (95.2 )  

11.2    

NM – Not meaningful. 

Revenues.   

Revenues for 2014 increased 20.9% compared  with  the prior year. This increase is primarily attributable to an 
increase in the number of projects in progress, largely in our Texas and California markets. However, this increase in 
revenue was weaker than we anticipated, primarily in our California, Utah and Hawaii markets. The 2013 revenues 
were  adversely  affected  by  the  completion  of  large  projects  in  Utah  and  to  a  lesser  extent  the  completion  of 
significant projects in Arizona.  

Gross Profit.  

Gross profit increased $62.4 million in 2014 compared with the prior year. Gross margin also increased to 4.8% 
in 2014 from (5.4)% in 2013 primarily due to net downward revisions of estimated revenues and gross margins on 
construction projects in Texas and Arizona in the prior year. In 2014, timing and weather issues impacted some large 
projects in our Hawaii and California operations, while spot shortages of commodities, over-stretched sub-contractors 
and vendors, and intense competition for craft labor continued to pressure our Texas operations which led to a less 
than anticipated gross profit. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
     
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
     
   
 
   
 
 
 
While there are a number of factors which cause the costs incurred and gross profit realized on our contracts to 
vary,  sometimes  substantially,  from  our  original  projections,  the  primary  factors  which  resulted  in  downward 
revisions in estimates in 2014 were: 

(cid:120)  conditions or contract requirements that differed from those assumed in the original bid or contract; 
(cid:120)  delays in taking measures to address issues which arose during construction; 
(cid:120)  subcontractors performance issues and vendor material spot shortages which caused project progress delays; 

and  

(cid:120)  shortage of skilled labor, particularly in our Texas market. 

We may be entitled to claim proceeds related to customer-caused delays, errors in specification and designs or 
other causes of unanticipated additional costs related to certain projects; however, we cannot predict the amount of 
claim proceeds or the timing of the receipt of such proceeds.  Claims are recognized in revenue when an agreement is 
reached with the customer as to the value of the claims, which in some instances may not occur until after completion 
of work under the contract.  

At December 31, 2014, we had approximately 116 contracts-in-progress which were less than 90% complete of 
various sizes, of different expected profitability and in various stages of completion.  The nearer a contract progresses 
toward completion, the more visibility we have in refining our estimate of total revenues (including incentives, delay 
penalties  and  change  orders),  costs  and  gross  profit.    Thus  gross  profit  as  a  percent  of  revenues  can  increase  or 
decrease from comparable and sequential quarters due to variations among contracts and depending upon the stage of 
completion of contracts.  

General and administrative expenses.  

General and administrative expenses decreased $4.1 million during 2014 to $36.9 million from $41.0 million in 
2013. This decrease is due to certain non-recurring costs in 2013 related to employee benefit costs, as well as costs 
associated with the evaluation and pursuit of potential acquisition opportunities.  

As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses decreased to 5.5% in 2014 from 7.4% in 2013. 
The  decrease  in  the  2014  percentage  as  compared  to  2013  percentage  is  the  result  of  the  decrease  in  expenses 
mentioned  above  and  the  result  of  investments  made  in  2013  in  our  information  systems  infrastructure  and 
operational  and  financial  process  improvements  which  allowed  us  to  increase  our  efficiency  without  a  significant 
increase in general and administrative expenses. 

Income taxes.   

Our effective income tax rates for 2014 and 2013 were (13.8)% and (1.8)%, respectively. In 2014 and in 2013, 
our effective income tax rate varied from the statutory rate primarily as a result of our deferred tax asset valuation 
allowance. 

In order to determine that a valuation allowance was necessary, management assessed the available positive and 
negative  evidence  to  estimate  whether  sufficient  future  taxable  income  would  be  generated  to  use  the  existing 
deferred  tax  assets.  A  significant  piece  of  objective  negative  evidence  evaluated  was  the  cumulative  loss  incurred 
over the three-year period ended December 31, 2014. The cumulative three-year period loss that ended in the fourth 
quarter of 2014 was the result of the write-downs recorded during 2013 and 2014. Such objective evidence limits the 
ability to consider other subjective evidence such as our projections for future growth. On the basis of this evaluation, 
as of December 31, 2014, a valuation allowance of $36.6 million  has been recorded on our net deferred tax assets 
including federal and state net operating losses as they are not likely to be realized. The amount of the deferred tax 
asset considered realizable could be adjusted if objective negative evidence is no longer present and additional weight 
may be given to subjective evidence such as our projections for growth.  

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests.   

The  increase  of  $0.7  million  to  $4.6  million  from  $3.9  million  in  net  income  attributable  to  noncontrolling 
interest owners for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with same period in 2013 is primarily related to net 
income attributable to the 50% noncontrolling interest in Myers. Operations at the Myers subsidiary are conducted 
primarily in California where Myers has seen significant growth. 

31 

 
 
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared with Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 

      % Change    

Revenues........................................................................$
Gross profit (loss) ..........................................................$
General and administrative expenses .............................
Unusual items ................................................................
Other income .................................................................
Operating income (loss) .................................................

Gains on sale of securities .............................................
Interest income ..............................................................
Interest expense .............................................................
Income (loss) before income taxes and earnings 

attributable to noncontrolling interests ................... 
Income tax (expense) benefit ......................................... 
Net income (loss) ...........................................................
Noncontrolling owners’ interests in earnings of 

   $ 

  $ 

2012 

2013 
(Dollar amounts in thousands) 
 556,236    
 (29,944 ) 
 (40,951 )  
--    
 1,737    
 (69,158 )  
91    
 879   
 (616 )  

 630,507    
 47,472   
 (35,187 ) 
 (511 ) 
 4,217  
 15,991  
  785  
 1,301 
     (944 ) 

 (68,804 )  
 (1,222 )  
 (70,026 )  

 17,133  
 579  
 17,712  

 (11.8 ) % 
 NM   
 16.4    
 NM   
 (58.8 )  
 NM   
 (88.4 )  
 (32.4 )  
 (34.7 )  

 NM   
 NM   
 NM   

subsidiaries and joint ventures ..................................

 (3,903 )  

 (18,009 )  

 (78.3 )  

Net loss attributable to Sterling common stockholders .$
Gross margin (deficit) ....................................................
Operating margin (deficit) .............................................

 (73,929 )  

$ 
 (5.4 ) %     
 (12.5 ) % 

 (297 ) 
 7.5  % 
 2.4  % 

Contract backlog, end of year ........................................$

 687,000    

$ 

 656,000  

 NM   
 NM   
 NM   

4.7    

NM – Not meaningful. 

Revenues.   

Revenues  for  2013  decreased  11.8%  compared  with  prior  year.  This  decrease  is  primarily  attributable  to  the 
completion of large projects in Utah and to a lesser extent the completion of significant projects in Arizona. In 2012, 
a large part of our revenue in Utah related to our share of the results from a construction joint venture in which we 
were a minority participant. This project was substantially completed in 2012. The revenues generated in our other 
markets were similar to the revenues generated in the prior year.  

Gross Profit.  

Gross profit decreased $77.4 million in 2013 compared with the prior year. Gross margin declined to (5.4)% in 
2013  from  7.5%  in  2012  due  to  net  downward  revisions  of  estimated  revenues  and  gross  margins  on  construction 
projects in Texas and Arizona. The majority of the write-downs related to three large projects awarded prior to 2012 
in Texas, which continued to have a negative impact on profitability. 

While there are a number of factors which cause the costs incurred and gross profit realized on our contracts to 
vary,  sometimes  substantially,  from  our  original  projections,  the  primary  factors  which  resulted  in  downward 
revisions in estimates in 2013 were: 

(cid:120)  conditions or contract requirements that differed from those assumed in the original bid or contract; 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120)  delays in quickly identifying and taking measures to address issues which arose during production. 

lower than expected productivity levels; and  

At December 31, 2013, we had approximately 102 contracts-in-progress which were less than 90% complete of 
various sizes, of different expected profitability and in various stages of completion.  The nearer a contract progresses 
toward completion, the more visibility we have in refining our estimate of total revenues (including incentives, delay 
penalties  and  change  orders),  costs  and  gross  profit.    Thus  gross  profit  as  a  percent  of  revenues  can  increase  or 
decrease from comparable and sequential quarters due to variations among contracts and depending upon the stage of 
completion of contracts.  

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
     
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
     
   
 
   
 
 
 
General and administrative expenses.  

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues for 2013 increased to 7.4% from 5.7% in 2012. 
This increase included expenses for an expanded information systems team which was hired in the fourth quarter of 
2012 as well as an increase in certain employee benefit costs. The information systems team is expected to generate 
benefits  by  upgrading  our  information  systems  infrastructure,  improving  measurement,  and  focusing  on  process 
improvements  that  will  offset  their  costs  in  the  long-term.  Additionally,  during  2013,  there  were  costs  related  to 
operational and financial process improvements that the Company believes are non-recurring.   

Income taxes.   

Our effective income tax rates for 2013 and 2012 were (1.8)% and (3.4)%, respectively. Our effective income tax 

rate varied from the statutory rate in 2013 primarily as a result of our deferred tax asset valuation allowance.  

In order to determine that a valuation allowance was necessary, management assessed the available positive and 
negative  evidence  to  estimate  whether  sufficient  future  taxable  income  would  be  generated  to  use  the  existing 
deferred  tax  assets.  A  significant  piece  of  objective  negative  evidence  evaluated  was  the  cumulative  loss  incurred 
over  the  three-year  period  ended  December  31,  2013.  The  cumulative  three-year  period  loss  that  occurred  in  the 
fourth  quarter  of  2013  was  the  result  of  the  significant  write-downs  recorded  during  the  quarter.  Such  objective 
evidence  limits  the  ability  to  consider  other  subjective  evidence  such  as  our  projections  for  future  growth.  On  the 
basis of this evaluation, as of December 31, 2013, a valuation allowance of $28.2 million has been recorded on our 
net  deferred  tax  assets  including  federal  and  state  net  operating  losses  as  they  are  not  likely  to  be  realized.  The 
amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable could be adjusted if objective negative evidence or cumulative 
losses are no longer present, and additional weight may be given to subjective evidence such as our projections for 
growth.  In  2012,  our  effective  tax  rate  was  impacted  by  net  income  attributable  to  noncontrolling  interest  owners 
which is taxed to those owners rather than Sterling. 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests.   

The  decrease  in  net  income  attributable  to  noncontrolling  interest  owner  in  2013  compared  with  2012  is 
primarily  related  to  net  income  attributable  to  the  20%  noncontrolling  interest  owners  in  RLW.  The  Company 
purchased  the  remaining  20%  interest  in  RLW  on  December  31,  2012  which  has  resulted  in  lower  net  income 
attributable  to  noncontrolling  interest  owners  during  2013.  Additionally,  the  members  of  RLW,  including  the 
Company,  agreed  to  amend  RLW’s  operating  agreement  effective  January  1,  2012  to  provide  that  any  goodwill 
impairment, including the 2011 fourth quarter goodwill impairment, is not to be allocated to RLW for the purpose of 
calculating the distributions to be made to the RLW noncontrolling interest owners. This amendment resulted in an 
increase in the net income attributable to RLW’s noncontrolling interests of $6.7 million during 2012. This increase 
had a related tax impact of $2.4 million which increased the tax benefit for 2012. 

33 

 
 
Historical Cash Flows. 

The following table sets forth information about our cash flows and liquidity (amounts in thousands): 

Net cash provided by (used in): 

Operating activities ......................................................$
Capital expenditures.....................................................
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ............
Acquisition of noncontrolling interest .........................
Net sales (purchases) of short-term securities ..............
Distributions to noncontrolling interest owners ...........
Net proceeds from stock issuance ................................
Net drawdowns (repayment) on the Credit Facility .....
Other ............................................................................

   Total increase (decrease) in cash and cash 

Years Ended December 31, 
2013 

2014 

2012 

 (10,513 )   $
 (13,509 )  
 6,078   
--    
--    
 (1,191 )  
 14,046   
 26,793    
 (733 )  

 (22,072)    $
 (14,390)  
 6,787
--   
 48,236   
 (3,565)  
--   
 (16,204) 
 (62) 

 24,789   
 (37,359 ) 
 12,464 
 (23,144 ) 
 (3,493 ) 
 (10,185 ) 
--  
 24,012  
 (313 ) 

equivalents ............................................................$

 20,971  

$

 (1,270) 

$

 (13,229 ) 

Cash and cash equivalents ....................................................$
Working capital ....................................................................$

Operating Activities. 

As of December 31, 

2014 

2013 

 22,843     $
  52,324    $

 1,872 
 8,686 

Significant non-cash items included in operating activities include depreciation and amortization expense which 
was  $18.3  million  in  2014,  $18.7  million  in  2013  and  $19.0  million  in  2012.  Depreciation  expense  has  decreased 
slightly from 2012 to 2014 as a result of our efforts to maintain our current fleet of equipment and supplement it as 
necessary with leased equipment during seasonal peak operating times. 

Besides  the  net  loss  in  2014,  2013  and  2012  and  the  non-cash  items  discussed  above,  other  significant 

components of cash flows from operations were: 

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

contracts  receivable  increased  by  $1.7  million  and  $6.4  million  in  2014  and  2013,  respectively,  and 
decreased by $4.1 million in 2012 while the net cash flow result of billings in excess of costs and estimated 
earnings and costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings decreased by $27.6 million in 2014, increased 
by $21.6 million in 2013, and decreased by $3.7 million in 2012; 
accounts payable increased by $5.2 million in 2014, $13.8 million in 2013 and $7.7 million in 2012;  
accrued compensation and other liabilities decreased by $2.5 million in 2014 and increased by $4.1 million 
in 2013 and decreased by $2.4 million in 2012; and 

(cid:120)  Member’s interest subject to mandatory redemption and undistributed earnings decreased by $1.1 million as 
a result of an increase in undistributed earnings of $2.1 million and distributions of $3.2 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2014. 

Investing Activities. 

Capital  equipment  is  acquired  as  needed  to  support  increased  levels  of  production  activities  and  to  replace 
retiring  equipment.  Expenditures  for  the  replacement  of  certain  equipment  and  to  expand  our  construction  fleet 
totaled $16.7 million in 2014 which includes $3.2 million of financed capital expenditures. Proceeds from the sale of 
property and equipment totaled $6.1 million for 2014 with an associated net gain of $1.0 million. For the years ended 
December  31,  2013  and  2012,  capital  expenditures  totaled  $14.9  million,  which  includes  $0.5  million  of  financed 
capital expenditures, and $37.4 million, respectively, while proceeds from the sale of property and equipment totaled 
$6.8  million  and  $12.5  million,  respectively,  with  an  associated  net  gain  of  $1.8  million  and  $3.2  million, 
respectively.  The  level  of  expenditure  in  2014  increased  minimally  by  $1.8  million  from  2013  as  a  result  of 
management’s  efforts  to  optimize  utilization  of  our  existing  fleet  of  equipment  based  on  current  and  projected 
workloads while supplementing our fleet with leased equipment during seasonal peak operating times.   

During  2014,  we  owned  no  short-term  securities.  In  2013  and  2012,  we  had  sales  of  short-term  securities  of 
$48.2  million  and  net  purchases  of  $3.5  million,  respectively.  The  net  sales  of  short-term  securities  in  2013  were 

34 

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
    
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
primarily  used  to  pay  the  drawdown  on  our  Credit  Facility  which  was  used  to  purchase  the  remaining  20%  RLW 
interest in December 31, 2012 and also maintain a lower outstanding Credit Facility balance which we use to fund 
our  operations.  This  sale  included  all  of  our  short-term  investments;  therefore,  at  December  31,  2013,  we  had  no 
short-term investment securities on our balance sheet. 

Financing Activities. 

Financing activities in 2014 consisted of net proceeds from our common stock offering of $14.0 million which 
was used to strengthen our balance sheet. In addition, the net drawdown on our Credit Facility of $26.8 million was 
used to fund our operating activities. Distributions to noncontrolling interest owners were $1.2 million for the year. 
Financing activities in 2013 primarily reflected a net repayment of $16.2 million and distributions to noncontrolling 
interest owners of $3.6 million. Financing activities in 2012 primarily reflected a net drawdown of $24.0 million and 
distributions to noncontrolling interest owners of $10.2 million. The amount of borrowings associated with the Credit 
Facility is based on the Company’s expectations of working capital requirements. 

Liquidity and Sources of Capital.  

The need for working capital for our business varies due to fluctuations in: 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 
(cid:120) 

contract receivables and contract retentions;  
costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings;  
billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings;  
the size and status of contract mobilization payments and progress billings; and 
the amounts owed to suppliers and subcontractors.  

Some of these fluctuations can be significant.  

As  of  December  31,  2014,  we  had  working  capital  of  $52.3  million,  an  increase  of  $43.6  million  over 

December 31, 2013. The increase in working capital was the result of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Net loss .............................................................................................................  $
Depreciation and amortization ..........................................................................   

Capital expenditures .........................................................................................   

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment, net of gain (loss) ..................   

Distributions to noncontrolling interest owners ................................................   

Net drawdown on the Credit Facility ................................................................   

Net proceeds from stock issued ........................................................................   

Other .................................................................................................................   

 (5,225 ) 

 18,348  

 (13,509 ) 

 5,083  

 (1,191 ) 

 26,793  

 14,046  

 (707 ) 

Total increase in working capital ......................................................................  $

 43,638  

In addition to our available cash, cash equivalents and cash provided by operations, from time to time, we use 
borrowings  under  our  Credit  Facility  with  Comerica  Bank  to  finance  our  capital  expenditures  and  working  capital 
needs.  

On October 31, 2007, the Company and its subsidiaries entered into a new Credit Facility with Comerica Bank 
with  a  maturity  date  of  October  31,  2012.  In  December  2009,  the  Credit  Facility  was  amended  to  permit  the 
acquisition  of  RLW  and  in  November  2011,  the  Credit  Facility  was  amended  to  extend  the  maturity  date  to 
September  30,  2016.  Subject  to  the  conditions  under  the  terms  of  the  Credit  Facility,  including  the  financial 
covenants  and  further  amendments  discussed  below,  up  to  $40.0  million  in  borrowings  and  letters  of  credit  are 
available under the Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are secured by all assets of the Company, 
other  than  proceeds  and  other  rights  under  our  construction  contracts  which  are  pledged  to  our  bond  surety.  At 
December 31, 2014, there was $34.6 million in borrowing  outstanding under the Credit Facility; additionally, there 
was a letter of credit of $3.0 million outstanding which reduced availability under the Credit Facility to $2.4 million.  

The Credit Facility is subject to our compliance with certain covenants, including financial covenants relating to 

leverage, tangible net worth and asset coverage. The Credit Facility contains restrictions on our ability to: 

(cid:120)  Make distributions and dividends; 
(cid:120) 
Incur liens and encumbrances; 
(cid:120) 
Incur further indebtedness; 
(cid:120)  Guarantee obligations; 
(cid:120)  Dispose of a material portion of assets or merge with a third party; 
(cid:120)  Make acquisitions; and 

35 

 
 
(cid:120)  Make investments in securities. 

At the end of the fourth quarter of 2013, we were not in compliance with the minimum tangible net worth and the 
leverage ratio financial covenants. As a result, subsequent to year end, we obtained a Waiver and Fourth Amendment 
to Credit Agreement (the “Fourth Amendment”) with our bank  which waived the noncompliance with the financial 
covenants as of December 31, 2013 and provided less restrictive covenant requirements. The Fourth Amendment also 
imposed  liquidity  thresholds  that  we  are  required  to  meet  in  2014.  Refer  to  the  discussion  below  of  our  revised 
amendment which eased our required liquidity thresholds. 

Among other things, the Fourth Amendment reduced the borrowings available to $40 million from the previously 
available $50 million and has eliminated the option to increase the Credit Facility by an additional $50 million. The 
Fourth Amendment also modified the existing borrowing interest fee schedule and increased borrowing rates by 50 
basis points to 4.75% effective December 31, 2013. In addition, if certain liquidity thresholds are not met in 2014 the 
interest rate  may increase 200 basis points and continue  to increase 100 basis points every quarter after 2015 until 
such thresholds are met. Furthermore, the Fourth Amendment requires the payment of a quarterly commitment fee of 
0.75% per annum, which is an increase of 25 basis points, on unused availability.  

On  April  29,  2014,  we  obtained  an  amendment  (the  “Fifth  Amendment”)  with  our  bank  which  removed  a 
requirement that we raise $20 million of new equity capital by September 30, 2014, in addition to raising $10 million 
of other liquidity by June 30, 2014, provided that we raise $10 million of new equity capital by May 30, 2014. As 
discussed  below,  the  Company  raised  $14.1  million  and  the  cash  was  used  to  repay  a  portion  of  our  outstanding 
indebtedness under the Credit Facility. The equity raise did not reduce the Company’s borrowing capacity. 

In addition, as discussed in Note 16 to the accompanying financial statements, on April 29, 2014, an amended 
“shelf”  registration  statement  filed  by  the  Company  with  the  SEC  became  effective.  Under  the  amended  shelf 
registration  statement,  the  Company  may  offer  from  time  to  time  any  combination  of  securities  described  in  the 
prospectus  in  one  or  more  offerings  up  to  a  total  of  $80  million,  the  proceeds  of  which  may  be  used  for  working 
capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes, including future acquisitions. 

On May 6, 2014, we closed a public offering with D.A. Davidson & Co. as sole underwriter (the “Underwriter”), 
pursuant to which the Underwriter purchased from the Company 2,100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock 
at  a  price  of  $6.90  per  share.  The  net  proceeds  of  $14.0  million  from  the  offering,  after  deducting  underwriting 
discounts and offering expenses, was used to repay a portion of the indebtedness outstanding under our $40 million 
revolving credit facility in accordance with the Fifth Amendment mentioned above. 

On September 5, 2014, the Company and its lender amended the Credit Facility (the “Sixth Amendment”) which 

accomplished the following: 

(cid:120)  Removed  the  prohibition  against  acquisitions  and  amended  the  definition  of  Permitted  Acquisition  in  the 
Credit  Agreement  to  provide  that  the  Company  may,  without  the  lender's  consent,  but  subject  to  certain 
restrictions,  acquire  another  entity  or  its  assets  for  a  price  of  up  to  $8  million  payable  in  shares  of  the 
Company's common stock. 

(cid:120)  Modified the Company’s Tangible Net Worth requirement. 
(cid:120)  Eliminated the covenant which capped losses per quarter. 
(cid:120)  Changed the monthly Covenant Compliance Reports to quarterly reports. 

As a result of the fourth quarter loss, we were not in compliance with the tangible net worth covenant related to 
the Company’s Credit Facility at December 31, 2014. On March 12, 2015, we obtained a waiver and amendment (the 
“Seventh Amendment”) which includes the following key modifications: 

(cid:120)  A reduction in our availability of $5 million for total availability of $35 million as of March 12, 2015; 
(cid:120)  A reduction in our availability of $10 million at June 1, 2015, for total availability of $25 million; 

(cid:120)  A reduction in our availability of $10 million at September 1, 2015, for total availability of $15 million; 

(cid:120)  An increase in our annual interest rate from prime rate plus 150 basis points, or 4.75%, to prime rate plus 

350 basis points, or 6.75%; 

(cid:120)  The tangible net worth covenant is modified to include $11.3 million of available headroom from the $86.3 

million of tangible net worth calculated at December 31, 2014; 

(cid:120)  Our first covenant test will begin at the end of April using April annualized figures; and 

(cid:120)  A  fee  of  $0.4  million  is  due  in  four  equal  payments.  The  first  payment  was  due  upon  execution  of  the 
Seventh  Amendment and the second, third and fourth payments are due on June 30th, September 30th, and 
December 31st of 2015, respectively. However, any remaining unpaid fees are waived if at any point during 
the year we liquidate and terminate our Credit Facility a month before a payment becomes due. 

36 

We  believe  that  we  will  be  able  to  maintain  compliance  with  all  covenants  under  the  Seventh  Amendment 

through at least the next twelve months. 

Due to the fourth quarter losses, which are largely due to projects constructed in Texas, and our Credit Facility’s 
tangible  net  worth  debt  covenant  violation,  we  are  monitoring  our  cash  position  very  closely.  If  we  are  unable  to 
return  to  profitability  in  the  near  future  we  may  encounter  working  capital  constraints.  If  adequate  funds  are  not 
available, or are not available on acceptable terms, to alleviate our working capital constraints we may be required to 
sell  Company  equipment  or  property  to  maintain  sufficient  levels  of  working  capital  during  our  peak  operating 
periods. 

Average borrowings under the Credit Facility for the 2014 fiscal year were $16.9 million and the largest amount 
of borrowings under the Credit Facility was $36.8 million on April 21, 2014. Average borrowings under the Credit 
Facility for the 2013 fiscal year were $18.6 million and the largest amount of borrowings under the Credit Facility 
was $37.4 million on July 12, 2013.  

Based on our average borrowings for 2014 and our 2015 forecasted cash needs, we continue to believe that the 
Company has sufficient liquid financial resources to fund our requirements for the next twelve months of operations, 
including our bonding  requirements. Furthermore, the Company is continually assessing  ways to increase revenues 
and reduce costs to improve liquidity. In 2015, our capital expenditures will be less than in 2014 and we are currently 
scrutinizing our fleet of equipment in order to identify and liquidate underutilized equipment. 

Contractual Obligations. 

The following table sets forth our fixed, non-cancelable obligations at December 31, 2014: 

Payments due by period 

Total 

Credit Facility ...................................................$ 34,601 
Operating leases* ..............................................  
8,793 
Mortgage ...........................................................  
116 
Notes payable for equipment ............................  
3,269 
Earn-out liability to former owner of JBC ........  
333 
Member’s interest subject to mandatory 

redemption and undistributed earnings** .......   22,879 
$ 69,991 

4 – 5 
Years 

 $

< 1 
 Year 

1 - 3  
Years 
(Amounts in thousands) 
 $ 34,601   
2,591   
43   
1,565   
165   

--   
1,550   
73   
892   
168   

 $

--   
2,476   
--   
812   
--   

> 5  
Years 

 $

--  
2,176  
--  
--  
--  

--   
 $ 2,683   

--   
 $ 38,965   

 $

--   
3,288   

22,879 
 $ 25,055  

* Operating leases are stated at minimum annual rentals for all operating leases having initial non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one 

year. 

** Mandatory redemption is based on the death or disability of the interest holder which is not expected to occur within the next five 

years. Undistributed earnings can be distributed upon unanimous consent from the members. At this time we cannot predict when such 
distributions will be made. Refer to Note 2 for further information. 

Our obligations for interest are not included in the table above as these amounts vary according to the levels of 
debt  outstanding  at  any  time.  Interest  on  our  Credit  Facility  is  paid  monthly  and  fluctuates  with  the  balances 
outstanding during the year, as well as with fluctuations in interest rates. In 2014, interest paid on the Credit Facility 
was approximately $1.1 million.  

To  manage  risks  of  changes  in  the  material  prices  and  subcontracting  costs  used  in  submitting  bids  for 
construction contracts, we generally obtain firm quotations from our suppliers and subcontractors before submitting a 
bid. These quotations do not include any quantity guarantees, and we have no obligation for materials or subcontract 
services  beyond  those  required  to  complete  the  contracts  that  we  are  awarded  for  which  quotations  have  been 
provided. 

As is customary in the construction business, we are required to provide surety bonds to secure our performance 
under construction contracts. Our ability to obtain surety bonds primarily depends upon our capitalization, working 
capital,  past  performance,  management  expertise  and  reputation  and  certain  external  factors,  including  the  overall 
capacity of the surety market. Surety companies consider such factors in relationship to the amount of our backlog 
and  their  underwriting  standards,  which  may  change  from  time  to  time.  We  have  pledged  all  proceeds  and  other 
rights  under  our  construction  contracts  to  our  bond  surety  company.  Events  that  affect  the  insurance  and  bonding 
markets  may  result  in  bonding  becoming  more  difficult  to  obtain  in  the  future,  or  being  available  only  at  a 
significantly greater cost. To date, we have not encountered difficulties or material cost increases in obtaining new 
surety bonds. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
Capital Expenditures. 

Capital  equipment  is  acquired  as  needed  by  increased  levels  of  production  and  to  replace  retiring  equipment. 
Management expects capital expenditures in 2015 to be less than the $16.7 million incurred in 2014; however, the 
award  of  a  project  requiring  significant  purchases  of  equipment  or  other  factors  could  result  in  increased 
expenditures.  

Inflation. 

Inflation generally has not had a material impact on our financial results; however, from time to time increases in 
oil,  fuel,  and  steel  prices  have  affected  our  cost  of  operations.  Anticipated  cost  increases  and  reductions  are 
considered in our bids to customers on proposed new construction projects.  

In  order  to  mitigate  our  exposure  to  increases  in  fuel  prices,  we  have  a  program  to  hedge  our  exposure  to 
increases in diesel fuel prices by entering into swap contracts for diesel fuel. We believe that the gains and losses on 
these contracts will tend to offset increases and decreases in the price we pay for diesel fuel and reduce the volatility 
of such fuel costs in our operations. As of December 31, 2014, we had diesel futures contracts for 0.1 million gallons 
which  fixed  prices  at  an  average  of  $2.77  per  gallon.  This  compares  to  the  December  31,  2014  price  for  off-road 
ultra-low  sulfur  diesel  published  by  Platts  of  $1.63.  Due  to  the  recent  decline  in  oil  and  fuel  prices,  we  have  not 
entered into any new derivative instruments in 2014. In addition, we intend to retire this program when our last swap 
contract is settled in August 2015.  

Where  we  are  the  successful  bidder  on  a  project,  we  execute  purchase  orders  with  material  suppliers  and 
contracts  with  subcontractors  covering  the  prices  of  most  materials  and  services,  other  than  oil  and  fuel  products, 
thereby mitigating future price increases and supply disruptions. These purchase orders and contracts do not contain 
quantity  guarantees,  and  we  have  no  obligation  for  materials  and  services  beyond  those  required  to  complete  the 
contracts with our customers. There can be no assurance that increases in prices of oil and fuel used in our business 
will be adequately covered by the estimated escalation we have included in our bids or derivative contracts entered 
into to hedge against such increases, and there can be no assurance that all of our vendors will fulfill their pricing and 
supply commitments under their purchase orders and contracts with the Company. We adjust our total estimated costs 
on  our  projects  when  we  believe  it  is  probable  that  we  will  have  cost  increases  which  will  not  be  recovered  from 
customers, vendors or re-engineering.   

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Joint Ventures.  

We participate in various construction joint venture partnerships in order to share expertise, risk and resources 
for certain highly complex projects. The venture’s contract with the project owner typically requires joint and several 
liability among the joint venture partners. Although our agreements with our joint venture partners provide that each 
party will assume and fund its share of any losses resulting from a project, if one of our partners was unable to pay its 
share, we would be fully liable for such share  under our contract with the project owner. Circumstances that could 
lead to a loss under these  guarantee arrangements include a partner’s inability  to contribute additional funds to the 
venture in the event that the project incurred a loss or additional costs that we could incur should the partner fail to 
provide  the  services  and  resources  toward  project  completion  that  had  been  committed  to  in  the  joint  venture 
agreement. 

At  December  31,  2014,  there  was  approximately  $55  million  of  construction  work  to  be  completed  on 
unconsolidated construction joint venture contracts, of which $16 million represented our proportionate share. Due to 
the  joint  and  several  liability  under  our  joint  venture  arrangements,  if  one  of  our  joint  venture  partners  fails  to 
perform, we and the remaining joint venture partners would be responsible for completion of the outstanding work. 
As of December 31, 2014,  we are not aware of any  situation that  would require us to  fulfill responsibilities of our 
joint venture partners pursuant to the joint and several liability under our contracts. 

Off-balance  sheet  arrangements  related  to  the  operating  leases  are  included  in  the  table  in  “Contractual 

Obligations” above. 

New Accounting Pronouncements.  

Refer  to  “Recent  Accounting  Pronouncements”  in  Note  1  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  a 

discussion of new accounting pronouncements. 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. 

Changes  in  interest  rates  are  one  of  our  sources  of  market  risks.  Outstanding  indebtedness  under  our  Credit 
Facility bears interest at floating rates. The average borrowings under this facility during 2014 were $16.9 million. 
Based on our level of borrowings during 2014, a change of 1% to our interest rate may have a $0.2 million impact on 
our results from operations. 

38 

We are exposed to market risk from changes in commodity prices. In the normal course of business, we enter 
into derivative transactions, specifically cash flow hedges, to mitigate our exposure to diesel fuel commodity price 
movements. We do not participate in these transactions for trading or speculative purposes. While the use of these 
arrangements  may limit the benefit to us of decreases in the prices of diesel fuel, it also limits the risk of adverse 
price movements. The following represents the outstanding contracts at December 31, 2014: 

Beginning 
January 1, 2015 

Ending 
 August 31, 2015 

Range 
$2.75 – 2.79 

Weighted 
Average 
$2.77 

Price Per Gallon 

Fair Value of 
Derivatives at 
December 31, 
2014 
(in thousands) 
101 

Remaining 
Volume 
(gallons) 

100,000    $ 

See  “Inflation”  above  regarding  risks  associated  with  materials  and  fuel  purchases  required  to  complete  our 

construction contracts. 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

Financial statements start on page F1. 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure. 

None 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  

The Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer reviewed and evaluated the Company’s 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934) as of December 31, 2014. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal 
financial officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at December 
31, 2014 to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in this Annual Report on Form 10-K 
is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission’s rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management including the 
principal  executive  and  principal  financial  officers,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required 
disclosure. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.   

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over 
financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Under the supervision 
and  with  the  participation  of  the  Company’s  management,  including  the  principal  executive  officer  and  principal 
financial  officer,  the  Company  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting at December 31, 2014. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee 
of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)  in  the  2013  Internal  Control-Integrated 
Framework. The Company’s management has concluded that, at December 31, 2014, the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting is effective based on these criteria.  

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. 

We  maintain  a  system  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable 
assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external 
purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Based on the most recent 
evaluation  we  have  concluded  that  no  significant  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  occurred 
during the three months ended December 31, 2014 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially 
affect, our internal control over financial reporting.  

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls.  

Internal control over financial reporting  may  not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. Also, projections of 
any evaluation of effectiveness of internal control to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance  with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate.  

Item 9B. Other Information. 

None. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance. 

The information required in this item is contained in the Company’s proxy statement for its Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders to be held on May 8, 2015 and is incorporated herein by reference. The information can be found under 
the following headings in the proxy statement: 

Item 10 Information 

Location or Heading 
in the Proxy Statement 

  Election of Directors (Proposal 1) 

Directors ..........................................................

Board Operations 

Compliance With Section 16(a) of the 

Exchange Act ...........................................

Stock Ownership Information 

Code of Ethics .................................................

Nominating Committee 

  The Corporate Governance & 

Communication with the Board; 

nominations; Board and committee 
meetings; committees of the Board; 
Board leadership and risk oversight; 
and director compensation. ......................

The Board of Directors 

Information relating to the Company’s executive officers is set forth at the end of Part I of this Report under the 

caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” and is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 11. Executive Compensation 

The information required in this item is contained in the Company's proxy statement for its Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders to be held on May 8, 2015 and is incorporated herein by reference. The information can be found under 
the headings Executive Compensation and Board Operations in the proxy statement.  

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management, and Related Stockholder 
Matters. 

The information required in this item is contained in the Company’s proxy statement for its Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders to be held on May 8, 2015 and is incorporated herein by reference.  

(cid:120)  Equity  Compensation  Plan  Information  can  be  found  in  the  proxy  statement  under  the  heading  Executive 

(cid:120) 

Compensation. 
Information regarding the ownership of the Company’s common stock can be found in the proxy statement 
under the heading Stock Ownership Information.  

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. 

The information required in this item is contained in the Company’s proxy statement for its Annual Meeting of 

Stockholders to be held on May 8, 2015 and is incorporated herein by reference.  

(cid:120) 

(cid:120) 

Information regarding any relationships between directors and officers and the Company can be found in the 
proxy statement under the heading Transactions with Related Persons.  
Information about director independence can be found in the proxy statement under the heading Election of 
Directors (Proposal 1). 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services. 

The information required in this item is contained in the Company’s proxy statement for its Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders to be held on May 8, 2015 and is incorporated herein by reference. The information can be found in the 
proxy statement under the heading Information about Audit Fees and Audit Services. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules. 

The following Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules are filed with this Report: 

Financial Statements:  

Reports of the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  (Loss)  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2014,  2013  and 

2012  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Financial Statement Schedules.  

None. 

Exhibits.  

The following exhibits are filed with this Report. 

Explanatory Note 

Prior to changing its name to Sterling Construction Company, Inc. in November 2001, the Company’s name was 
Oakhurst Company, Inc. References in the following exhibit list use the name of the Company in effect at the date of 
the exhibit. 

Number 
2.1.1 

Exhibit Title 
Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2009, by and among Kip Wadsworth, Ty 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

10.1.1# 

10.1.2# 

10.2# 

Wadsworth, Con Wadsworth, Tod Wadsworth and Sterling Construction Company, Inc. 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 3, 2009 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 

Certificate of Incorporation of Sterling Construction Company, Inc. as amended through May 9, 
2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3 to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 13, 2014 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 
Bylaws of Sterling Construction Company, Inc. as amended through March 13, 2008 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 19, 2008 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 

Form of Common Stock Certificate of Sterling Construction Company, Inc. (incorporated by 

reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s Form 8-A, filed on January 
11, 2006 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 

The Sterling Construction Company, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan as amended through May 9, 2014 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s. Current 
Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 13, 2014 (SEC File No. 1-31993)).  

2014 Sterling Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Sterling 
Construction Company, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 13, 2014 (SEC File 
No. 1-31993)). 

Forms of Stock Option Agreement under the Oakhurst Company, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan 
(now known as The Sterling Construction Company, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan) (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed on March 29, 2005 (SEC File No. 1-
31993)). 

10.3# 

Summary of standard compensation arrangements for non-employee directors of Sterling 

Construction Company, Inc. adopted by the Board of Directors on May 9, 2014 (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014, filed on August 11, 2014 (SEC File No. 1-
31993)). 

41 

 
10.4.1 

Credit Agreement by and among Sterling Construction Company, Inc., Texas Sterling 

Construction Co., Oakhurst Management Corporation and Comerica Bank and the other 
lenders from time to time party thereto, and Comerica Bank as administrative agent for the 
lenders, dated as of October 31, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Sterling 
Construction Company, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K, Amendment No. 1 filed on 
November 21, 2007 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 

10.4.2 

Security Agreement by and among Sterling Construction Company, Inc., Texas Sterling 

Construction Co., Oakhurst Management Corporation and Comerica Bank as administrative 
agent for the lenders, dated as of October 31, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit F to 
Exhibit 10.4 to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed 
on November 9, 2009 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 

10.4.3 

Joinder Agreement by Road and Highway Builders, LLC and Road and Highway Builders Inc. 

dated as of October 31, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Sterling 
Construction Company, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K, Amendment No. 1 filed on 
November 21, 2007 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 

10.4.4 

Consent and Second Amendment to Credit Agreement by and among Sterling Construction 

Company, Inc., its subsidiaries, and Comerica Bank as Agent, Lender, Swing Line Lender 
and Issuing Lender dated as of November 8, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 
to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 
8, 2011 (SEC File No. 1-31993)).  

10.4.5 

Waiver and Third Amendment to Credit Agreement by and among Sterling Construction 

10.4.6 

Company, Inc., and certain of its subsidiaries, certain of the Lenders, and Comerica Bank as 
administrative agent for the lenders, dated as of August 8, 2013 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.4.5 to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed 
on March 17, 2014 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 

Waiver and Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of March 14, 2014 by and among 
Sterling Construction Company, Inc., certain of its affiliates and subsidiaries, certain of the 
Lenders, and Comerica Bank as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.4.6 to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 
17, 2014 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 

10.4.7 

Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 2014 by and among Sterling 

Construction Company, Inc., Comerica Bank, as administrative agent and certain of the 
lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 30, 2014 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 

10.4.8 

Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of September 5, 2014 by and among Sterling 

Construction Company, Inc., Comerica Bank, as administrative agent and certain of the 
lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 5, 2014 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 

10.5.1# 

Employment Agreement dated as of March 17, 2006 between Sterling Construction Company, 

10.5.2# 

Inc. and Roger M. Barzun (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Sterling 
Construction Company, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 
31, 2009, filed on March 18, 2010 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 

Amendment dated January 18, 2012 of the Employment Agreement dated as of March 17, 2006 
between Sterling Construction Company, Inc. and Roger M. Barzun (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.7.1 to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 
10-K filed on March 17, 2014 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 

10.6# 

Employment Agreement dated December 28, 2012 between Ralph L. Wadsworth Construction 

Company, LLC and Con L. Wadsworth (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Sterling 
Construction Company, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2014 (SEC 
File No. 1-31993)).  

10.7# 

Employment Agreement dated as of September 1, 2012 between Sterling Construction Company, 

Inc. and Peter E. MacKenna (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Sterling 
Construction Company, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
September 30, 2012, filed on November 8, 2012 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 

10.8.1# 

Employment Agreement dated as of September 25, 2013 between Sterling Construction 

Company, Inc. and Thomas R. Wright (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Sterling 
Construction Company, Inc.'s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
September 30, 2013, filed on November 8, 2013 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 

42 

10.8.2# 

Amendment to the Employment Agreement of Thomas R. Wright dated September 26, 2014 

10.9.1# 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on September 29, 2014 (SEC File No. 1-31993)). 

Program Description — 2015 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Program & 2015 Long-Term 
Incentive Compensation Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Sterling 
Construction Company, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 17, 2014 (SEC 
File No. 1-31993)) 

10.9.2# 

Form of Long-Term Incentive Program Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 

10.2 to Sterling Construction Company, Inc.'s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
December 17, 2014 (SEC File No. 1-31993)).  

10.9.3#* 
10.10#* 

Amended form of Long-Term Incentive Program Award Agreement.  
Employment Agreement dated as of March 9, 2015 between Sterling Construction Company, Inc. 

and Paul J. Varello. 

21 

23.1* 
31.1* 
31.2* 

State of Incorporation or Organization 

Subsidiaries of Sterling Construction Company, Inc.:  
Name 
Texas Sterling Construction Co.  
Road and Highway Builders, LLC 
Road and Highway Builders Inc.  
RHB Properties, LLC 
Road and Highway Builders of California, Inc. 
Sterling Hawaii Asphalt, LLC  
Ralph L. Wadsworth Construction Company, LLC 
Ralph L. Wadsworth Construction Co. LP 
J. Banicki Construction, Inc.  
Myers & Sons Construction, L.P. 
Consent of Grant Thornton, LLP 
Certification of Paul J. Varello, Chief Executive Officer of Sterling Construction Company, Inc.  
Certification of Thomas R. Wright, Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer of 

Delaware 
Nevada 
Nevada 
Nevada 
California  
Hawaii 
Utah 
California 
Arizona 

                                                  California                  

Sterling Construction Company, Inc. 

32.1* 

Certification pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code (18 

U.S.C. 1350) of Paul J. Varello Chief Executive Officer, and Thomas R. Wright, Executive 
Vice President & Chief Financial Officer. 

95.1* 

Mine Safety Disclosure 

# Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.  

* Filed herewith. 

43 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 

duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

STERLING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. 

Date: March 16, 2015 

By: /s/ Paul J. Varello 

Paul J. Varello, Chief Executive Officer 
(duly authorized officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ Milton L. Scott 

Milton L. Scott 

/s/ Paul J. Varello 

Paul J. Varello 

/s/ Thomas R. Wright  

Thomas R. Wright  

/s/ Marian M. Davenport 

Marian M. Davenport 

/s/Maarten D. Hemsley  

Maarten D. Hemsley 

/s/ Charles R. Patton 

Charles R. Patton 

/s/ Richard O. Schaum 

Richard O. Schaum 

Chairman of the Board of Directors 

March 16, 2015 

Chief Executive Officer (principal executive 
officer) 

March 16, 2015 

Executive Vice President & Chief Financial 
Officer (principal financial officer and principal 
accounting officer), Treasurer 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

March 16, 2015 

March 16, 2015 

March 16, 2015 

March 16, 2015 

March 16, 2015 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders  
Sterling Construction Company, Inc.: 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sterling Construction Company, Inc. (a Delaware 
corporation)  and  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  as  of  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  and  the  related  consolidated 
statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income  (loss),  stockholders’  equity  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three 
years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s 
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about 
whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis, 
evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the 
accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
financial position of Sterling Construction Company, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and 
the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 
in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States),  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2014,  based  on  criteria 
established  in  the  2013  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 16, 2015 expressed an unqualified 
opinion. 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Houston, Texas 
March 16, 2015 

F1 

 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Sterling Construction Company, Inc.: 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Sterling Construction Company, Inc. (a Delaware 
corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 based on criteria established in the  2013 
Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission  (COSO).  The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over 
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in 
the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to 
express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.  

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about 
whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit 
included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material 
weakness  exists,  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the 
assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe 
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance 
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made 
only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate. 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued 
by COSO. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014, and 
our report dated March 16, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements. 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Houston, Texas 
March 16, 2015 

F2 

 
STERLING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data) 

Current assets: 

ASSETS 

2014 

2013 

Cash and cash equivalents  ..............................................................................................$  22,843    $ 
Contracts receivable, including retainage........................................................................
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts ................
Inventories .......................................................................................................................
Receivables from and equity in construction joint ventures ............................................
Other current assets .........................................................................................................
Total current assets .....................................................................................................
Property and equipment, net ...................................................................................................
Goodwill .................................................................................................................................
Other assets, net......................................................................................................................

 78,896 
 33,403 
 7,401 
 9,153 
 5,278 
 156,974   
 87,098 
 54,820 
 7,559 
Total assets .................................................................................................................$  306,451  

 1,872  
 77,245 
 11,684 
 6,189 
 6,118 
 11,377 
 114,485  
 93,683 
 54,820 
 10,030 
$  273,018 

Current liabilities: 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 

Accounts payable .............................................................................................................$  66,792    $ 
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts .................
Current maturities of long-term debt ...............................................................................
Income taxes payable .......................................................................................................
Accrued compensation ....................................................................................................
Current obligation for noncontrolling owners’ interest in subsidiaries and joint 

 25,649 
 965 
 1,868  
 5,169 

 61,599  
 31,576 
 134 
 2,035 
 5,755 

ventures .......................................................................................................................
Other current liabilities ....................................................................................................
Total current liabilities ...............................................................................................

-- 
 4,207 
 104,650 

 196 
 4,504 
 105,799 

Long-term liabilities: 

Long-term debt, net of current maturities ........................................................................
Member’s interest subject to mandatory redemption and undistributed earnings............
Other long-term liabilities................................................................................................
Total long-term liabilities ...........................................................................................

 37,021  
 22,879  
 753  
 60,653  

 8,331  
 23,989 
 2,105 
34,425 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13) 
Equity: 

Sterling stockholders’ equity: 

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued ....
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 28,000,000 shares authorized,  

-- 

-- 

18,802,679 and 16,657,754 shares issued .....................................................................
 167 
 190,926 
Additional paid in capital.................................................................................................
Retained deficit ................................................................................................................
 (62,317 ) 
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income ...........................................................
 117  
Total Sterling common stockholders’ equity ..............................................................
 128,893 
 3,901 
Noncontrolling interests .......................................................................................................
Total equity .................................................................................................................
 132,794 
Total liabilities and equity ..........................................................................................$  306,451    $   273,018  

 188 
 205,697 
 (72,098 ) 
 (101 ) 
 133,686 
 7,462 
 141,148 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STERLING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

Revenues ..................................................................................................  $
Cost of revenues .......................................................................................  
Gross profit (loss) ...............................................................................  
General and administrative expenses .......................................................  
Direct costs of acquisitions .......................................................................  
Provision for loss on lawsuit ....................................................................  
Other operating income, net  ....................................................................  
Operating (loss) income ......................................................................  
Gain on sale of securities ..........................................................................  
Interest income .........................................................................................  
Interest expense ........................................................................................  
(Loss) income before income taxes and earnings attributable to 

noncontrolling interests  ........................................................................  
Income tax (expense) benefit....................................................................  
Net (loss) income ................................................................................  

Noncontrolling owners’ interests in earnings of subsidiaries and joint 

 $

2014 
 672,230  
 (639,809 ) 
 32,421  
 (36,897 ) 
--  
--  
 252  
 (4,224 ) 
--  
 754  
 (1,123 ) 

 (4,593 ) 
 (632 ) 
 (5,225 ) 

2013 
 556,236    $
 (586,180)  
 (29,944)  
 (40,951)  
--   
--   
 1,737   
 (69,158)  
91   
 879   
 (616)  

 (68,804) 
 (1,222)  
 (70,026)  

2012 
 630,507  
 (583,035 ) 
 47,472  
 (35,187 ) 
 (202 ) 
 (309 ) 
4,217  
 15,991  
785  
 1,301  
 (944 ) 

 17,133  
 579  
 17,712  

ventures .................................................................................................  
Net loss attributable to Sterling common stockholders ............................  $

 (4,556 ) 
 (9,781 )   $

 (3,903) 
 (73,929)   $

 (18,009 ) 
 (297 ) 

Net loss per share attributable to Sterling common stockholders: 

Basic and diluted ................................................................................  $

 (0.54 ) 

 $

 (4.91)   $

 (0.26 ) 

Weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  used  in 

computing per share amounts: 

Basic and diluted ................................................................................    18,063,466  

    16,635,179   

 16,420,886  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
STERLING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 
For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 
(Amounts in thousands) 

Net loss attributable to Sterling common stockholders ..............................................$  (9,781 )  $  (73,929 )   $
 1,879      
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest included in equity .......................
 2,024      
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest included in liabilities ...................
Add /(deduct) other comprehensive income, net of tax: 

 4,556 
-- 

 (297 ) 
 1,068  
 16,941  

Realized gain from available-for-sale securities .................................................
Change in unrealized holding gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities ..........
Realized (gain) loss from settlement of derivatives ............................................ 
Change in the effective portion of unrealized (loss) gain in fair market value 

--  
--  
 137  

 (90 )    
 (601 )    
 (48 )    

 (510 ) 
 560  
 43  

2014 

2013 

2012 

of derivatives ...................................................................................................

 107  
Comprehensive (loss) income ....................................................................................$  (5,443 )  $  (70,605 )   $  17,912  

 (355 ) 

 160  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F5 

 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
STERLING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 
(Amounts in thousands) 

STERLING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. 
STOCKHOLDERS 

Addi- 
tional 
Paid in 
    Amount      Capital 

Common Stock 

Shares 

Accu- 
mulated 
Other 
Compre- 
hensive 
Income 
    (Loss) 

 Retained 
Earnings     
(Deficit) 

 $  196,143   $  16,509  

16,495    

165  

  197,067  

16,321    $ 
-- 
--    

163  
--  
--  

24    

--    

150    

--    
--    

--  

--  

2  

--  
--  

-- 
--    
9    

--    

--    
--    

--  
--  
--  

--  

2  

--  
--  

 $
(297 )     
--  

--  

--  

--  

(3,992 ) 
--  

  12,220  
  (73,929 )     

--  
--  

--  

--  

--  
--  

66  

(79 )   

694  

243  
--  

--  
--  
26  

(15 )   

926  

496 
-- 
200 

-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 
-- 

696 

-- 
(579)   
-- 

-- 

-- 

-- 
-- 

(7,078 )   
--  

(608 ) 
--  

16,658    

167  

  190,926  

--       
--   
 4   

 41   
--   

--       
-- 
-- 

-- 
-- 

--   
-- 
 12 

 849 
-- 

  (62,317 )     
 (9,781 ) 
-- 
-- 

117 
--
 (218) 
--

-- 
-- 

--
--

Noncon-
trolling 

   Interests        Total 
 $  1,527   $  214,838  
771  
200  

1,068  
--  

--

--

--

66  

(79 ) 

696  

(40) 
(117) 
2,438  
1,879  
--  
--  

(3,789 ) 
(117 ) 

  212,586  

(72,050 ) 
(579 ) 
26  

--

--

(15 ) 

928  

-- 
(416) 
3,901  
 4,556  
--  
--  

--  
 (994) 

(7,686 ) 
(416 ) 

  132,794  
 (5,225 ) 
 (218 ) 
 12   

 849   
 (994 ) 

 2,100   
--   

 18,803   $ 

 21 
-- 

 14,025 
 (115 ) 
  188  $   205,697  $   (72,098 )  $

-- 
-- 

--
--
  (101)  $ 

-- 
 (1) 
 7,462   $ 

 14,046 
 (116 ) 
 141,148   

Balance at January 1, 2012 ........................
Net (loss) income ...................................
Other comprehensive income.................
Stock issued upon option and warrant 

exercises .............................................

Tax impact from exercise of stock 

options ...............................................
Issuance and amortization of restricted 
stock ...................................................

Revaluation of noncontrolling interest 

liabilities and other, net of tax ............
Distribution to owners ...........................

Balance at December 31, 2012 ..................
Net (loss) income ...................................
Other comprehensive loss ......................
Stock issued upon option exercises ........
Tax impact from exercise of stock 

options ...............................................

Issuance and amortization of common 

Revaluation of noncontrolling interest 

and other, net of tax ...........................
Distribution to owners ...........................

Balance at December 31, 2013 ..................
Net (loss) income ...................................
Other comprehensive loss ......................
Stock issued upon option exercises ........
Issuance and amortization of restricted 
stock ...................................................
Distribution to owners ...........................
Stock issued in equity offering, net of 

expense ..............................................
Other ......................................................
Balance at December 31, 2014 ..................

and restricted stock ............................

154    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F6 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 STERLING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 
(Amounts in thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net loss attributable to Sterling common stockholders .................................................$
Plus: Noncontrolling owners’ interests in earnings of subsidiaries and joint ventures ..
Net (loss) income .......................................................................................................... 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by 

operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization ............................................................................... 
Gain on disposal of property and equipment ......................................................... 
Deferred tax expense (benefit) ............................................................................... 
Interest expense accreted on noncontrolling interests ............................................ 
Stock-based compensation expense ....................................................................... 
Gain on sale of securities ....................................................................................... 
Tax impact from exercise of stock options and restricted stock ............................ 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Contracts receivable .............................................................................................. 
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts ....... 
Receivables from and equity in construction joint ventures .................................. 
Income tax receivable ............................................................................................ 
Other current assets ............................................................................................... 
Accounts payable ................................................................................................... 
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts ....... 
Accrued compensation and other liabilities ........................................................... 
Member’s interest subject to mandatory redemption and undistributed earnings .. 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities ...................................................... 
Cash flows from investing activities: 

Acquisition of noncontrolling interests .................................................................. 
Additions to property and equipment .................................................................... 
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ...................................................... 
Purchases of short-term securities, available-for-sale ............................................ 
Sales of short-term securities, available-for-sale ................................................... 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities ....................................................... 
Cash flows from financing activities: 

Cumulative daily drawdowns – Credit Facility ..................................................... 
Cumulative daily repayments – Credit Facility ..................................................... 
Distributions to noncontrolling interest owners ..................................................... 
Net proceeds from stock issued ............................................................................. 
Issuance of common stock pursuant to warrants and options exercised ................ 
Tax impact from exercise of stock options ............................................................ 
Other ...................................................................................................................... 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ...................................................... 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .................................................... 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period ......................................................... 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period ...................................................................$
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: 

2014 

2013 

2012 

 (9,781 )   $  (73,929)   $
 4,556    
 (5,225 )  

 3,903   
 (70,026)  

 (297 ) 
 18,009  
 17,712  

 18,348    
 (995 )  
 --    
--    
 849    
--    
--    

 (1,651 )  
 (21,719 )  
 (3,035 )  
 4,784    
 2,480    
 5,192    
 (5,927 )  
 (2,504 )  
 (1,110 )  
 (10,513 )  

--    
 (13,509 )  
 6,078    
--    
 --    
 (7,431 )  

 18,650   
 (1,837)  
 5,150   
--   
 928   
 (91)  
 15   

 (6,430)  
 8,908   
 4,887   
 (6,011)  
 (6,722)  
 13,794   
 12,658   
 4,055   
--   
 (22,072)  

--   
 (14,390)  
 6,787   
 (1,638)  
 49,874   
 40,633   

 18,997  
 (3,184 ) 
 (1,167 ) 
 993  
 694  
 (785 ) 
 79  

 4,060  
 (4,083 ) 
 (4,948 ) 
--  
 (9,234 ) 
 7,730  
 335  
 (2,410 ) 
--  
 24,789  

 (23,144 ) 
 (37,359 ) 
 12,464  
 (30,154 ) 
 26,661  
 (51,532 ) 

 330,338    
 (303,545 )  
 (1,191 )  
 14,046    
 12    
--    
 (745 )  
 38,915    
 20,971    
 1,872    
 22,843     $

 219,026   
  (235,230)  
 (3,565)  
--   
26   
 (15)  
(73)  
 (19,831)  
 (1,270)  
 3,142  
 1,872    $

 75,012  
 (51,000 ) 
 (10,185 ) 
--  
 68  
 (79 ) 
 (302 ) 
 13,514  
 (13,229 ) 
 16,371   
 3,142  

Cash paid during the period for interest .................................................................$
Cash paid during the period for income taxes........................................................$

 1,075     $
 1     $

 595  
 $
 170    $

 88   
 2,990  

Non-cash items: 

Revaluation of noncontrolling interests .................................................................$
Issuance of noncontrolling interest in RHB in exchange for net assets of  

acquired companies ............................................................................................$
Goodwill adjustments ............................................................................................$
Transportation and construction equipment acquired through financing 

--     $

 (7,686)   $

 3,992  

--     $
--     $

-- 
$
--    $

 9,767  
 410  

arrangements ......................................................................................................$

3,159     $

510 

$

--  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

F7 

 
 
   
   
 
 
    
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
   
  
 
    
 
   
  
 
 
STERLING CONSTRUCTION COMPANY, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.  Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies 

Business Summary 

Sterling Construction Company, Inc. (“Sterling” or “the Company”), a Delaware corporation, is a leading heavy 
civil  construction  company  that  specializes  in  the  building  and  reconstruction  of  transportation  and  water 
infrastructure  projects  in  Texas,  Utah,  Nevada,  Arizona,  California,  Hawaii  and  other  states  in  which  there  are 
construction opportunities. Our transportation infrastructure projects include highways, roads, bridges and light rail, 
and  our  water  infrastructure  projects  include  water,  wastewater  and  storm  drainage  systems.  We  perform  the 
majority of the work required by our contracts with our own crews and equipment.  

Sterling owns equity interests in the following subsidiaries: Texas Sterling Construction Co. (“TSC”); Road and 
Highway Builders, LLC (“RHB”); Road and Highway Builders Inc. (“RHB Inc”); Road and Highway Builders of 
California, Inc. (“RHBCa”);  RHB Properties, LLC (“RHBP”); Ralph  L.  Wadsworth  Construction  Company,  LLC 
(“RLW”); Ralph L. Wadsworth Construction Co., LP (“RLWLP”); J. Banicki Construction, Inc.(“JBC”); Myers & 
Sons  Construction,  L.P.  (“Myers”);  and  Sterling  Hawaii  Asphalt  (“SHA”).  TSC,  RHB,  RHB  Ca,  RLW,  JBC  and 
Myers  perform  construction  contracts,  RHB  Inc.  produces  aggregates  from  a  leased  quarry,  primarily  for  use  by 
RHB,  and  SHA  produces  asphalt  for  use  by  RHB  and  has  minimal  sales  to  third  parties.  RHBP  and  RLWLP  are 
dormant entities. 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles of Consolidation 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of subsidiaries and construction joint 
ventures in which the Company has a greater than 50% ownership interest or otherwise controls such entities. For 
investments  in  subsidiaries  and  construction  joint  ventures  that  are  not  wholly-owned,  but  where  the  Company 
exercises control, the equity held by the remaining owners and their portions of net income (loss) are reflected in the 
balance  sheet  line  item  “Noncontrolling  interests”  in  “Equity”  and  the  statement  of  operations  line  item 
“Noncontrolling  owners’  interests  in  earnings  of  subsidiaries  and  joint  ventures,”  respectively.  All  significant 
intercompany  accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.  For  all  years  presented,  the 
Company had no subsidiaries where its ownership interests were less than 50%.  

Where  the  Company  is  a  noncontrolling  joint  venture  partner,  and  otherwise  not  required  to  consolidate  the 
joint venture entity, its share of the operations of such construction joint venture is accounted for on a pro rata basis 
in the consolidated statements of operations and as a single line item (“Receivables from and equity in construction 
joint ventures”) in the consolidated balance sheets. This method is an acceptable modification of the equity method 
of  accounting  which  is  a  common  practice  in  the  construction  industry.  Refer  to  Note  6  for  further  information 
regarding the Company’s construction joint ventures. 

Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), the Company must determine 
whether each entity, including joint ventures in which it participates, is a variable interest entity. This determination 
focuses on identifying which owner or joint venture partner, if any, has the power to direct the activities of the entity 
and the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity disproportionate to its 
interest  in  the  entity,  which  could  have  the  effect  of  requiring  us  to  consolidate  the  entity  in  which  we  have  a 
noncontrolling  variable  interest.  Refer  to  Note  3  for  further  information  regarding  the  Company’s  consolidated 
variable interest entity. 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and 
liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements,  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the 
reporting period. Certain of the Company’s accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in 
their  application.  These  include  the  recognition  of  revenue  and  earnings  from  construction  contracts  under  the 
percentage-of-completion  method,  the  valuation  of  long-term  assets  (including  goodwill),  and  income  taxes. 
Management continually evaluates all of its estimates and judgments based on available information and experience; 
however, actual amounts could differ from those estimates. 

Revenue Recognition 

The  Company  is  a  general  contractor  which  engages  in  various  types  of  heavy  civil  construction  projects 
principally for public (government) owners. Credit risk is minimal with public owners since the Company ascertains 

F8 

 
that funds have been appropriated by the governmental project owner prior to commencing work on such projects. 
While  most  public  contracts  are  subject  to  termination  at  the  election  of  the  government  entity,  in  the  event  of 
termination  the  Company  is  entitled  to  receive  the  contract  price  for  completed  work  and  reimbursement  of 
termination-related costs. Credit risk with private owners is minimized because of statutory mechanics liens, which 
give the Company high priority in the event of lien foreclosures following financial difficulties of private owners. 
Refer to Note 18 for further information regarding the Company’s concentration of risk. 

Revenues are recognized on the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the ratio of costs incurred up to 
a  given  date  to  estimated  total  costs  for  each  contract.  This  cost  to  cost  measure  is  used  because  management 
considers it to be the best available measure of progress on these contracts. Contract costs include all direct material, 
labor, subcontract and other costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect salaries 
and  wages,  equipment  repairs  and  depreciation,  insurance  and  payroll  taxes.  Administrative  and  general  expenses 
are charged to expense as incurred. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period 
in  which  such  losses  are  determined.  Changes  in  job  performance,  job  conditions  and  estimated  profitability, 
including  those  changes  arising  from  contract  penalty  provisions  and  final  contract  settlements  may  result  in 
revisions to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined.  

Changes  in  estimated  revenues  and  gross  margin  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014 resulted  in  a  net 
charge  of  $9.1  million  included  in  operating  loss,  or  $0.50  per  diluted  share  attributable  to  Sterling  common 
stockholders, included in net loss attributable to Sterling common stockholders. Changes in estimated revenues and 
gross  margin  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  resulted  in  a  net  charge  of  $57.6  million  included  in 
operating  loss,  or  $3.46  per  diluted  share  attributable  to  Sterling  common  stockholders,  included  in  net  loss 
attributable  to  Sterling  common  stockholders.  Changes  in  estimated  revenues  and  gross  margin  during  the  year 
ended December 31, 2012 resulted in a net charge of $4.9 million included in operating loss and a $5.3 million after-
tax charge, or $0.32 per diluted share attributable to Sterling common stockholders, included in net loss attributable 
to Sterling common stockholders.  

Change  orders  are  modifications  of  an  original  contract  that  effectively  change  the  existing  provisions  of  the 
contract  without  adding  new  scope  or  terms.  Change  orders  may  include  changes  in  specifications  or  designs, 
manner of performance, facilities, equipment, materials, sites and period of completion of the work. Either we or our 
customers may initiate change orders.  

The  Company  considers  unapproved  change  orders  to  be  contract  variations  for  which  we  have  customer 
approval for a change of scope but a price change associated with the scope change has not yet been agreed upon. 
Costs associated with unapproved change orders are included in the estimated cost to complete the contracts and are 
treated as project costs as incurred. The Company recognizes revenue equal to costs incurred on unapproved change 
orders when realization of price approval is probable. Unapproved change orders involve the use of estimates, and it 
is  reasonably  possible  that  revisions  to  the  estimated  costs  and  recoverable  amounts  may  be  required  in  future 
reporting  periods  to  reflect  changes  in  estimates  or  final  agreements  with  customers.  Change  orders  that  are 
unapproved as to both price and scope are evaluated as claims.  

The Company considers claims to be amounts in excess of agreed contract prices that we seek to collect from 
our  customers  or  others  for  customer-caused  delays,  errors  in  specifications  and  designs,  contract  terminations, 
change  orders  that  are  either  in  dispute  or  are  unapproved  as  to  both  scope  and  price,  or  other  causes  of 
unanticipated  additional  contract  costs.  Revenue  from  claims  is  recognized  when  an  agreement  is  reached  with 
customers as to the value of the claims, which in some instances may not occur until after completion of work under 
the  contract.  Costs  associated  with  claims  are  included  in  the  estimated  costs  to  complete  the  contracts  and  are 
treated as project costs when incurred. 

There was $3.5 million in costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings at December 31, 2014 and no costs 
and estimated earnings in excess of billing at December 31, 2013, for contract change orders not approved by the 
customer. In addition, the Company has not recorded revenues related to claims during the years ended December 
31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. 

Our contracts generally take 12 to 36 months to complete. The Company generally provides a one to two-year 
warranty for workmanship under its contracts when completed. Warranty claims historically have been insignificant. 

The asset, “Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on  uncompleted contracts” represents revenues 
recognized in excess of amounts billed on these contracts and will be billed at a later date, usually due to contract 
terms. In addition, revenue associated with unapproved change orders is also included when realization is probable 
and  amounts  can  be  reliably  determined.  The  liability,  “Billings  in  excess  of  costs  and  estimated  earnings  on 
uncompleted contracts” represents billings in excess of revenues recognized on these contracts. 

F9 

Reclassification 

A reclassification has been made to historical financial data on our consolidated financial statements to conform 
to  our  current  year  presentation.  The  caption,  “Gains  on  sale  of  securities”  has  been  modified  to  exclude  “other” 
items.  The  “other”  items  included  gains  from  insurance  proceeds  and  miscellaneous  other  income  and  expense. 
Therefore, these amounts have been reclassified into “Other operating income, net” on the consolidated statement of 
operations to improve transparency.  

Financial Instruments  

The fair value of financial instruments is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current 
transaction between willing parties. The Company’s financial instruments are cash and cash equivalents, short-term 
investments,  short-term  and  long-term  contracts  receivable,  derivatives,  accounts  payable,  mortgage  and  notes 
payable,  a  credit  facility  with  Comerica  Bank  (“Credit  Facility”),  the  buy/sell  agreement  related  to  certain 
noncontrolling  owners’  interests  in  subsidiaries  and  an  earn-out  liability  related  to  the  acquisition  of  J.  Banicki 
Construction,  Inc.  (“JBC”).  The  recorded  values  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  short-term  investments,  short-term 
contracts  receivable  and  accounts  payable  approximate  their  fair  values  based  on  their  short-term  nature.  The 
recorded value of long-term contracts receivable is based on the amount of future cash flows discounted using the 
creditor’s borrowing rate and such recorded value approximates fair value. The recorded value of the Credit Facility 
debt approximates its fair value, as interest approximates market rates. Refer to Note 9 regarding the fair value of 
derivatives and Note 2 regarding the fair value of the buy/sell option and the earn-out liability along with the current 
amendments. The  Company  had one  mortgage outstanding at  December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 with  a 
remaining  balance  of  $0.1  million  and  $0.2  million,  respectively.  The  mortgage  was  accruing  interest  at  3.5%  at 
both December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and contains pre-payment penalties. At December 31, 2014 and 
December 31, 2013 the fair value of the mortgage approximated its book value. The Company also has long-term 
notes  payable  of  $3.3  million  related  to  machinery  and  equipment  purchased  which  have  payment  terms  ranging 
from 3 to 5  years and associated interest rates ranging  from 3.12% to 6.29%. The fair value of the  notes payable 
approximates their book value. The Company does not have any off-balance sheet financial instruments other than 
operating leases (Refer to Note 14). 

In  order  to  assess  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  financial  instruments,  the  Company  uses  the  fair  value 
hierarchy  established  by  GAAP  which  prioritizes  the  inputs  used  in  valuation  techniques  into  the  following  three 
levels: 

Level 1 Inputs – Based upon quoted prices for identical assets in active markets that the Company has the 

ability to access at the measurement date.  

Level 2 Inputs – Based upon quoted prices (other than Level 1) in active markets for similar assets, quoted 
prices  for  identical  or  similar  assets  in  markets  that  are  not  active,  inputs  other  than  quoted  prices  that  are 
observable  for  the  asset  such  as  interest  rates,  yield  curves,  volatilities  and  default  rates  and  inputs  that  are 
derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.  

Level  3  Inputs  –  Based  on  unobservable  inputs  reflecting  the  Company’s  own  assumptions  about  the 

assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset based on the best information available.  

For  each  financial  instrument,  the  Company  uses  the  highest  priority  level  input  that  is  available  in  order  to 
appropriately value that particular instrument. In certain instances, Level 1 inputs are not available and the Company 
must use Level 2 or Level 3 inputs. In these cases, the Company provides a description of the valuation techniques 
used and the inputs used in the fair value measurement. 

Contracts Receivable 

Contracts receivable are generally based on amounts billed to the customer. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
contracts receivable included $16.4 million and $18.3 million of retainage, respectively, discussed below, which is 
being withheld by customers until completion of the contracts, and at December 31, 2014, and 2013, there were no 
unbilled receivables on contracts completed or substantially complete at that date. All contracts receivable include 
only balances approved for payment by the customer.  

Many of the contracts under which the Company performs work contain retainage provisions. Retainage refers 
to  that  portion  of  billings  made  by  the  Company  but  held  for  payment  by  the  customer  pending  satisfactory 
completion of the project. Unless reserved, the Company assumes that all amounts retained by customers under such 
provisions are fully collectible. Retainage on active contracts is classified as a current asset regardless of the term of 
the contract and is generally collected within one year of the completion of a contract.  

There  are  certain  contracts  that  are  completed  in  advance  of  full  payment.  When  the  receivable  will  not  be 
collected  within  our  normal  operating  cycle,  we  consider  it  a  long-term  contract  receivable  and  it  is  recorded  in 
“Other assets, net” in our balance sheet. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there was $5.0 million and $7.8 million 

F10 

recorded, respectively. We consider the credit quality of the borrower to assess the appropriate discount rate to apply 
and continuously monitor the borrower’s credit quality. Interest income related to this receivable was $0.4 million, 
$0.3 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Contracts  receivable  are  written  off  based  on  individual  credit  evaluation  and  specific  circumstances  of  the 
customer, when such treatment is warranted. There was no bad debt expense recorded in 2014 or 2012. In 2013, the 
Company wrote off $1.8 million of contracts receivable to bad debt expense which was recorded in “Other operating 
income, net.” During 2014, we recovered $1.0 million of this $1.8 million. 

Based  upon  a  review  of  outstanding  contracts  receivable,  historical  collection  information  and  existing 
economic  conditions,  management  has  determined  that  all  contracts  receivable  at  December  31,  2014  are  fully 
collectible, and accordingly, no allowance for doubtful accounts against contracts receivable is necessary.  

As is customary, we have agreed to indemnify our bonding company for all losses incurred by it in connection 
with bonds that are issued, and we have granted our bonding company a security interest in certain assets, including 
accounts receivable, as collateral for such obligation. 

Inventories 

The Company’s inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market as determined by the average cost method. 
Inventories  at  December  31,  2014  and  2013  were  $7.4  million  and  $6.2  million,  respectively.  Inventories  consist 
primarily of concrete, aggregate and millings which are primarily expected to be utilized on construction projects in 
the  future.  A  small  portion  is  sold  to  third  parties.  The  cost  of  inventory  includes  labor,  trucking  and  other 
equipment costs.  

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line 

method. The estimated useful lives used for computing depreciation and amortizations are as follows: 

Buildings ......................................  39 years 
Construction equipment ...............  5-15 years 
Land improvements .....................  5-15 years 
Office furniture and fixtures ........  3-10 years 
Leasehold improvements .............  3-10 years or lease period, if shorter 
Transportation equipment ............  5 years 

Depreciation expense was $18.2 million, $18.6 million and $19.0 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  

Leases 

We lease property and equipment in the ordinary course of our business. Our leases have varying terms. Some 
may  include  renewal  options,  escalation  clauses,  restrictions,  penalties  or  other  obligations  that  we  consider  in 
determining  minimum  lease  payments.  The  leases  are  classified  as  either  operating  leases  or  capital  leases,  as 
appropriate.  

Equipment under Capital Leases 

The  Company’s  policy  is  to  account  for  capital  leases,  which  transfer  substantially  all  the  benefits  and  risks 
incident to the ownership of the leased property to the Company, as the acquisition of an asset and the incurrence of 
an obligation. Under this method of accounting, the recorded value of the leased asset is amortized principally using 
the  straight-line  method  over  its  estimated  useful  life  and  the  obligation,  including  interest  thereon,  is  reduced 
through  payments  over  the  life  of  the  lease.  Depreciation  expense  on  equipment  subject  to  capital  leases  and  the 
related  accumulated  depreciation  is  included  with  that  of  owned  equipment.  The  Company  had  no  capital  leases 
during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. 

 Deferred Loan Costs 

Deferred loan costs represent loan origination fees paid to the lender and related professional fees such as legal 
fees related to drafting of loan agreements. During 2014, the Company capitalized an additional $0.2 million in loan 
fees paid to our lender as part of the Fourth  Amendment,  discussed further in Note 11. These capitalized fees are 
amortized over the term of the loan. Unamortized costs were $0.2 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013 and are 
attributable to the Credit Facility (Refer to Note 11). Loan cost amortization expense for the years ended December 
31, 2014 and 2013 was $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively, and were minimal for 2012. 

Goodwill and Intangibles 

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of companies acquired over the fair value of their net assets at the 
dates of acquisition. GAAP requires that: (1) goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets  not be amortized, (2) 

F11 

goodwill is to be tested for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level and (3) intangible assets deemed 
to have an indefinite life are to be tested for impairment at least annually by comparing the fair value of these assets 
with their recorded amounts. Refer to Note 8 for our disclosure regarding goodwill impairment testing. 

Evaluating Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 

When  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  long-lived  assets  may  be  impaired,  an  evaluation  is 
performed.  The  evaluation  would  be  based  on  estimated  undiscounted  cash  flow  associated  with  the  assets  as 
compared  to  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  to  determine  if  a  write-down  to  fair  value  is  required.  There  was  no 
impairment in 2014, 2013 and 2012, and management believes that there are no events or changes in circumstances 
which have indicated that long-lived assets may be impaired. 

Segment reporting 

We operate in one segment and have only one reportable segment and one reporting unit component, which is 
heavy civil construction. In making this determination, the Company considered the discrete financial information 
used  by  our  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker  (“CODM”).  Based  on  this  approach,  the  Company  noted  that  the 
CODM  organizes,  evaluates  and  manages  the  financial  information  around  each  heavy  civil  construction  project 
when  making operating decisions and assessing the Company’s overall performance. The service provided by the 
Company, in all instances of our construction projects, is heavy civil construction. Furthermore, we considered that 
each  heavy  civil  construction  project  has  similar  characteristics,  includes  similar  services,  has  similar  types  of 
customers  and  is  subject  to  similar  economic  and  regulatory  environments  which  would  allow  aggregation  of 
individual operating segments into one reportable segment if multiple operating segments existed. 

The Company noted that even if our local offices were to be considered separate components of our heavy civil 
construction operating segment, those components could be aggregated into a single reporting unit for purposes of 
testing  goodwill for impairment under  Accounting  Standards Codification 280 and EITF D-101 because our local 
offices all have similar economic characteristics and are similar in all of the following areas: 

(cid:120)  The nature of the products and services — each of our local offices perform similar construction projects 
— they build, reconstruct and repair roads, highways, bridges, light rail and water, waste water and storm 
drainage systems. 

(cid:120)  The nature of the production processes — our heavy civil construction services rendered in the construction 
process for each of our construction projects performed by each local office is the same — they excavate 
dirt,  remove  existing  pavement  and  pipe,  lay  aggregate  or  concrete  pavement,  pipe  and  rail  and  build 
bridges and similar large structures in order to complete our projects. 

(cid:120)  The type or class of customer for products and services — substantially all of our customers are federal and 
state  departments  of  transportation,  cities,  counties,  and  regional  water,  rail  and  toll-road  authorities.  A 
substantial  portion  of  the  funding  for  the  state  departments  of  transportation  to  finance  the  projects  we 
construct is furnished by the federal government. 

(cid:120)  The  methods  used  to  distribute  products  or  provide  services  —  the  heavy  civil  construction  services 
rendered  on  our  projects  are  performed  primarily  with  our  own  field  work  crews  (laborers,  equipment 
operators and supervisors) and equipment (backhoes, loaders, dozers, graders, cranes, pug mills, crushers, 
and concrete and asphalt plants). 

(cid:120)  The nature of the regulatory environment — we perform substantially all of our projects for federal, state 
and  municipal governmental agencies, and all of the projects that  we perform are subject to substantially 
similar regulation  under U.S. and state department of transportation rules, including prevailing  wage and 
hour laws; codes established by the federal government and municipalities regarding water and waste water 
systems installation; and laws and regulations relating to  workplace safety and  worker  health of the U.S. 
Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administration  and  to  the  employment  of  immigrants  of  the  U.S. 
Department of Homeland Security. 

While  profit  margin  objectives  included  in  contract  bids  have  some  variability  from  contract  to  contract,  our 
profit  margin  objectives  are  not  differentiated  by  our  CODM  or  our  office  management  based  on  local  office 
location.  Instead,  the  projects  undertaken  by  each  local  office  are  primarily  competitively-bid,  fixed  unit  or 
negotiated lump sum price contracts, all of which are bid based on achieving gross margin objectives that reflect the 
relevant skills required, the contract size and duration, the availability of our personnel and equipment, the makeup 
and level of our existing backlog, our competitive advantages and disadvantages, prior experience, the contracting 
agency  or  customer,  the  source  of  contract  funding,  anticipated  start  and  completion  dates,  construction  risks, 
penalties or incentives and general economic conditions. 

Federal and State Income Taxes 

We determine deferred income tax assets and liabilities using the balance sheet method. Under this method, the 
net  deferred  tax  asset  or  liability  is  determined  based  on  the  tax  effects  of  the  temporary  differences  between  the 

F12 

book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax 
rates  and  laws.  Valuation  allowances  are  established  when  necessary  to  reduce  deferred  tax  assets  to  the  amount 
expected to be realized. We recognize the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the 
relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting 
the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a 
greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. Refer to 
Note 12 for further information regarding our federal and state income taxes. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

The  Company’s  stock-based  incentive  plan  is  administered  by  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of 
Directors. The Compensation Committee may reward employees and non-employees with various types of awards 
including but not limited to warrants, stock options, common stock, and unvested common stock (or restricted stock) 
vesting on service or performance criteria. The Company recognizes expense based on the grant-date fair value of 
the  award  and  amortizes  the  award  based  on  accelerated  or  straight  line  methods.  Awards  based  on  performance 
vesting are subsequently remeasured at each reporting date through the settlement date.  

Upon  the  vesting  of  unvested  common  stock  the  Company  may  withhold  shares,  based  on  the  employee’s 
election, in order to satisfy federal tax withholdings. The shares held by the Company are considered constructively 
retired and are retired shortly after withholding. The Company then remits the withholding taxes required. Refer to 
Note 16 for further information regarding the stock-based incentive plans. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In  August  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  ASU  2014-14,  “Presentation  of 
Financial Statement – Going Concern.” The guidance, which is effective for annual reporting periods ending after 
December  15,  2016  and  interim  periods  within  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2016,  requires 
management to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern 
and to provide related footnote disclosures. Early adoption is permitted. Although early  adoption is permitted, the 
Company  expects  to  adopt  this  guidance  as  required  and  does  not  expect  a  material  impact  to  our  financial 
statements. 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” The guidance, which 
is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, defines the steps to recognize revenue 
for entities that have contracts with customers. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating 
the impact to the Company’s financial statements. 

In  July  2013,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2013-11,  "Presentation  of  an  Unrecognized  Tax  Benefit  When  a  Net 
Operating  Loss  Carryforward,  a  Similar  Tax  Loss,  or  a  Tax  Credit  Carryforward  Exists."  This  ASU  clarifies  the 
financial statement presentation of unrecognized tax benefits in certain circumstances. ASU 2013-11 is effective for 
interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013 and should be applied prospectively to all 
unrecognized  tax  benefits  that  exist  at  the  effective  date.  The  adoption  of  ASU  2013-11  did  not  have  a  material 
impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.  

In  February  2013,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2013-04,  "Obligations  Resulting  from  Joint  and  Several  Liability 
Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date," which addresses the 
recognition,  measurement  and  disclosure  of  certain  obligations  including  debt  arrangements,  other  contractual 
obligations  and  settled  litigation  and  judicial  rulings.  ASU  2013-04  is  effective  for  interim  and  annual  reporting 
periods beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of ASU 2013-04 did not have a material impact on the 
Company's consolidated financial statements. 

2.  Acquisitions and Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures with Noncontrolling Owners’ Interests 

RHB 

In  January  2012,  RHB,  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  assumed  six  construction  contracts  with  $25.0  million  of 
(cid:88)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:81)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:89)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:88)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:73)(cid:85)(cid:82)(cid:80)(cid:3)(cid:36)(cid:74)(cid:74)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:74)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:44)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:88)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:72)(cid:86)(cid:650)(cid:54)(cid:58)(cid:53)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:44)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:17)(cid:3)(cid:11)(cid:179)(cid:36)(cid:44)(cid:180)(cid:12)(cid:15)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:88)(cid:81)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:92)(cid:17) In addition, Aggregate 
South  West  Holdings,  LLC  (“ASWH”)  and  RHB  Properties,  LLC  (“RHBP”),  newly  formed  entities  owned  by 
Richard Buenting, the President and Chief Executive Officer of RHB, acquired construction related machinery and 
equipment and land with quarries from AI. AI entered into a two-year non-compete agreement with respect to Utah, 
Idaho and Montana as well as certain areas of Nevada. On April 27, 2012, RHB merged with ASWH and acquired 
RHBP. In exchange, RHB granted Mr. Buenting a 50% member interest in RHB. These transactions allowed RHB 
to expand its operations in Nevada. 

These transactions were accounted for as a business combination. In December 2012, the Company finalized its 
valuation of the assets acquired, the membership interest granted and the tax related impact of the transaction. The 
purchase price for the transaction was $9.8 million for the assets acquired net of a contract liability. In addition, the 

F13 

 
Company recorded a credit of $233,000 to “Additional paid in capital” resulting from the excess of the post-merger 
member capital over the Company’s book value of the 50% investment in RHB issued to Mr. Buenting. As a result 
of  the  merger,  an  additional  difference  between  the  Company’s  tax  basis  related  to  RHB  and  its  book  basis  was 
created.  Accordingly,  the  Company  recorded  an  additional  deferred  tax  liability  of  $360,000  with  an  offset  to 
goodwill. 

Revenues  and  earnings  related  to  the  contracts  assumed  and  the  acquired  companies  for  2012  were  $26.1 
million and $152,000, respectively. In connection with this transaction, AI did not agree to provide us with historical 
information  related  to  the  earnings  from  the  acquired  operations  except  for  information  related  to  the  specific 
contracts being assumed. Furthermore, we determined that such information was not needed in order to evaluate the 
transaction based on our knowledge of the assets acquired and the Nevada road and highway construction market.  

The Company also agreed with Mr. Buenting to amend and restate the operating and management agreements 
for RHB. The amended agreements provide that the Company is the Manager of RHB and retains full, exclusive and 
complete power, authority and discretion to manage, supervise, operate and control RHB; therefore, the Company 
consolidates RHB with its other subsidiaries. Under the amendments, the Company will provide RHB with access to 
a $5 million line of credit. The Company also entered into a buy/sell and management agreement with Mr. Buenting. 
Under this agreement, the  Company or Mr. Buenting  may  annually elect to  make offers to buy the other owner’s 
50% interest in RHB and sell their 50% interest in RHB at a price which they specify. Upon receipt of the offers, the 
other owner  must elect either to sell their interest or purchase the interest from the owner  making the offers. The 
agreement also requires  that the  Company acquire Mr. Buenting’s interest in  the event of  his termination  without 
cause, death, or disability. To the extent that the redemption value under the buy/sell and management agreement 
exceeds  the  initial  valuation  of  Mr.  Buenting’s  noncontrolling  interest,  the  Company  records  a  charge  to  retained 
earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, additional paid-in capital (“APIC”). Any related benefit as a result 
of  a  lower  valuation  of  Mr.  Buenting’s  noncontrolling  interest  compared  to  previous  valuations  shall  be  offset  to 
retained earnings up to the amounts previously charged to retained earnings. The calculation used in the buy/sell and 
management agreement is the higher of the trailing twelve months of earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation 
and amortization (“EBITDA”) times a multiple of 4.5 or the orderly liquidation value of RHB. The valuation of the 
orderly liquidation value is classified as a Level 2 fair value measurement. These values have been updated based on 
recent  sales  and  dispositions  of  assets  and  liabilities  to  obtain  a  current  estimate  of  the  orderly  liquidation  value. 
Based on the Company’s calculation on December 31, 2013, the trailing twelve months EBITDA times the multiple 
of 4.5 provided the higher result of the two  methods. As such, the total charge resulted in a net pre-tax charge of 
$1.9 million and $2.5 million, for the periods ending December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  

On December 30, 2013, the Company and Mr. Buenting revised the Second Amended and Restated Operating 
Agreement entered into on April 27, 2012 and their Management Agreement entered into on February 1, 2012. The 
Third  Amended  and  Restated  Operating  Agreement  and  the  amended  Management  Agreement  eliminated  the 
buy/sell option and instead included the obligation  for the Company to purchase Mr. Buenting’s interest  upon his 
death or permanent disability for $20 million or $18 million, respectively. In the event of Mr. Buenting’s death or 
permanent disability, his estate representative, trustee or designee shall become the selling representative and sell his 
50% interest to the Company. In order to fund the purchase of Mr. Buenting’s interest, the Company has purchased 
term  life  insurance  with  a  payout  of  $20  million  in  the  event  of  Mr.  Buenting  death.  The  Company  will  be  the 
beneficiary and will also pay the premiums related to this life insurance contract. The life insurance proceeds of $20 
million shall be used as full payment for Mr. Buenting’s interest in the occurrence of his death. In the event of Mr. 
Buenting’s permanent disability, the $18 million payment will be made by using the Company’s available cash on 
hand,  and/or  to  the  extent  necessary,  the  Company’s  line  of  credit.  No  other  transfer  of  Member’s  interest  is 
permitted other than to the selling representative in the event of Mr. Buenting’s death or permanent disability. In the 
event  that  Mr.  Buenting  resigns  or  is  terminated  without  cause  (i.e.,  termination  other  than  through  permanent 
disability or death) RHB shall be dissolved unless both  members agree otherwise. The amended agreements  were 
entered into in order to eliminate the earnings per share volatility caused by the buy/sell option. 

F14 

 
 
The  amended  agreements  resulted  in  an  obligation  that  the  Company  is  certain  to  incur,  either  through  Mr. 
Buenting’s  permanent  disability  or  death  for  Mr.  Buenting’s  50%  members  interest;  therefore,  the  Company  has 
classified the noncontrolling interest as mandatorily redeemable and has recorded a liability in “Member’s interest 
subject  to  mandatory  redemption  and  undistributed  earnings”  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet.  The  liability 
consists of the following (in thousands): 

Member’s interest subject to mandatory redemption .............................  $
Undistributed earnings attributable to this interest .................................  
Earnings distributed ................................................................................  

   Total liability .......................................................................................  $

Years Ended December 31, 
2013 
2014 

 20,000    
 6,079   
 (3,200 ) 
 22,879   

$ 

 $ 

20,000  
3,989  
--  
23,989  

Undistributed earnings increased by $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, and were included in 
“Other  operating  income,  net”  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  Distributions  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2014 were $3.2 million. 

At  September  30,  2013,  the  total  Obligation  for  noncontrolling  owners’  interests  in  subsidiaries  and  joint 
ventures  was  $17.8  million  which  included  $14.1  million  as  the  fair  value  in  the  noncontrolling  interest  and  $3.7 
million in undistributed earnings. During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company made a final entry of $5.9 million 
to adjust the member’s interest to its final payout value of $20.0 million. The adjustment was made to APIC as there 
was  a  retained  deficit  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheet.  Undistributed  earnings  increased  by  $0.3 
million during the fourth quarter and there was no payout of undistributed earnings. 

RHB Inc. 

On  June  20,  2014,  the  Company  sold  to  Mr.  Buenting  a  50%  interest  in  RHB  Inc.  RHB  Inc.  is  currently  an 
ancillary company that provides certain services for RHB LLC. RHB Inc. is run as a cost center with a financial goal 
to break-even, and has an immaterial amount of assets. The purchase price and the accounting effects of the total 
transaction were immaterial to the Company. 

JBC 

In  connection  with  the  August  1,  2011,  acquisition  of  J.  Banicki  Construction,  Inc.  (“JBC”)  by  Ralph  L. 
Wadsworth Construction Company, LLC (“RLW”), RLW agreed to additional purchase price payments of up to $5 
million to be paid over a five-year period. The additional purchase price is in the form of an earn-out is classified as 
a Level 3 fair value measurement. In making this valuation, the unobservable input consisted of forecasted EBITDA 
for the periods after the period being reported on through July 31, 2016. The additional purchase price is calculated 
generally as 50% of the amount by which EBITDA exceeds $2.0 million for each of the calendar years 2011 through 
2015 and $1.2 million for the seven months ended July 31, 2016.  

On January 23, 2014, RLW, the former owner of JBC and the Company agreed to amend the above-mentioned 
earn-out agreement in order to reduce the Company’s currently recorded liability while providing the former owner, 
who  at  the  time  was  the  chief  executive  officer  of  JBC,  a  greater  incentive  to  meet  earnings  benchmarks.  The 
amendment  resulted  in  a  reduction  of  $0.6  million  in  the  Company’s  earn-out  liability,  thereby  reducing  the  total 
earn-out liability to $1.4 million on December 31, 2013. As part of the amendment, a payment of $0.8 million was 
made  during  the  first  quarter  of  2014. The  amendment  increases  the  total  available  earn-out  from  $5.0  million  to 
$10.0  million  if  certain  EBITDA  benchmarks  are  met.  The  amendment  extends  the  earn-out  period  through 
December 31, 2017 and reduces the benchmark EBITDA for 2014 and 2015 to $1.5 million and increases it to $2.0 
million in 2016 and 2017. The yearly excess forecasted EBITDA in our calculation ranged from 0% to 22.4% of the 
minimum  EBITDA  threshold  for  the  years  2015  through  2017.  The  discounted  present  value  of  the  additional 
purchase price was estimated to be $2.4 million as of August 1, 2011, the acquisition date, and $0.3 million as of 
December 31, 2014. The undiscounted earn-out liability as of December 31, 2014 is estimated at $0.3 million and 
could  increase  by  $9.0  million  if  EBITDA  during  the  earn-out  period  increases  $18.0  million  or  more  and  could 
decrease by the full amount of the liability for the year if EBITDA does not exceed the minimum threshold for that 
year.  Each  year  is  considered  a  discrete  earnings  period  and  future  losses  by  JBC,  if  any,  would  not  reduce  the 
Company’s  liability  in  years  in  which  JBC  has  exceeded  its  earnings  benchmark.  Any  significant  increase  or 
decrease in actual EBITDA compared to the forecasted amounts would result in a significantly higher or lower fair 
value  measurement  of  the  additional  purchase  price.  This  liability  is  included  in  other  long-term  liabilities  on  the 
accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  As  part  of  recording  the  present  value  of  this  liability,  the  Company 
incurs accreted interest expense for the passage of time until the time of settlement. The Company incurred accreted 
interest expense of less than $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and slightly over $0.1 million in the 
same  period  of  2012.  As  part  of  the  amendment  in  2014  and  the  fair  value  adjustment,  the  Company  recorded 
interest income of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. 

F15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
RLW 

In connection with the December 3, 2009 acquisition of RLW, the noncontrolling interest owners of RLW, who 
are related and also its executive management, had the right to require the Company to buy their remaining 20.0% 
interest in RLW in 2013, and concurrently, the Company had the right to require those owners to sell their 20.0% 
interest to the Company by July 2013 (the “RLW put/call”). The purchase price in each case was 20% of the product 
of  the  simple  average  of  RLW’s  EBITDA  for  the  calendar  years  2010,  2011  and  2012  times  a  multiple  of  a 
minimum of 4 and a maximum of 4.5.  

Annual interest was accreted for the RLW put/call obligation based on the Company’s borrowing rate under its 
Credit Facility plus two percent. Such accretion amounted to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 
was recorded in “Interest expense” in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. In addition, based on 
the estimated average of RLW’s EBITDA for the calendar years 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the expected multiple, the 
estimated fair value of the RLW put/call was increased by approximately $3.8 million for the year ended December 
31, 2012 and this change, net of tax of $1.3 million was reported as a charge to retained earnings. 

Under the agreement with the noncontrolling interest owners of RLW, the Company purchased the 20% interest 
in RLW on December 31, 2012 subject to a final determination of RLW’s EBITDA for the period from January 1, 
2010 through December 31, 2012. A payment of $23.1 million was made on December 31, 2012, and the Company 
made a final payment of $509,000 in April 2013.  In addition, $2.3 million of undistributed earnings was also paid in 
April 2013. 

In 2012, the Company agreed to amend RLW’s operating agreement effective January 1, 2012 to provide that 
any goodwill impairment, including the 2011 fourth quarter goodwill impairment, is not to be allocated to RLW for 
the purpose of calculating the distributions to be made to the RLW noncontrolling interest owners. This amendment 
resulted in an increase in the net income attributable to RLW’s noncontrolling interests  of $6.7 million during the 
year  ended  December  31,  2012.    This  increase  is  included  in  “Noncontrolling  owners’  interests  in  earnings  of 
subsidiaries and joint  ventures” in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations  with an increase in the 
“Current  obligation  for  noncontrolling  owners’  interests  in  subsidiaries  and  joint  ventures”  in  the  consolidated 
balance  sheet.    This  increase  had  a  related  tax  impacted  of  $2.4  million  which  increased  the  tax  benefit  for  the 
period. 

Changes in noncontrolling interests 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  changes  in  the  noncontrolling  owners’  interests  in  subsidiaries  and 

consolidated joint ventures for the years ended December 31, 2012 through 2014 (amounts in thousands): 

Years Ended December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2014 

Balance, beginning of period ..................................................................$
Net  income  attributable  to  noncontrolling  interest  included  in 
liabilities .............................................................................................  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest included in equity ....  
Accretion of interest on puts ...................................................................  
Change in fair value of RLW put/call.....................................................  
Change in fair value of RHB put/call .....................................................  
Change due to the RHB amendment ......................................................  
Issuance of noncontrolling interest in RHB in exchange for net assets 
of acquired companies ........................................................................  
Distributions to noncontrolling interests owners ....................................  
Acquisition of RLW noncontrolling interest ..........................................  
Other .......................................................................................................  
Balance, end of period ............................................................................$

 4,097 

$  20,046      $   18,375  

--  
 4,556  
--  
--  
--  
--  

 2,024  
1,879  
--  
 (59 )   
1,875     
  (18,103 )   

   16,941  
 1,068  
 993  
 3,797  
 2,473  
--  

--  
  (1,191 ) 
 --  
--  
 7,462 

  $

--  

 (3,056 )   
 (509 )   
--  

 9,767  
  (10,185 ) 
  (23,144 ) 
 (39 ) 
 4,097      $   20,046  

Noncontrolling owners’ interest in earnings of subsidiaries and joint ventures for the year ended December 31, 
2014 shown in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations is $4.6 million, which the Company includes 
in ”Equity”, “Noncontrolling interests” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. There were distributions of 
$1.2 million to certain noncontrolling interest members during the year ended December 31, 2014. 

Noncontrolling owners’ interest in earnings of subsidiaries and joint ventures for the year ended December 31, 
2013  shown  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statement  of  operations  of  $3.9  million,  includes  income  of  $2.0 
million  attributable  to  noncontrolling  interest  owners,  which  the  Company  includes  in  liabilities  and  $1.9  million 
which the Company includes in equity. Of the $2.0 million included in liabilities, less than $0.1 million of net loss 
was  reflected  in  “Current  obligations  for  noncontrolling  owners’  interests  in  subsidiaries  and  joint  ventures,”  and 
$2.1  million  of  net  income  has  been  reclassified  from  “Obligations  for  noncontrolling  owners’  interests  in 

F16 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
subsidiaries  and  joint  ventures,”  leaving  the  Company  with  a  zero  balance  in  this  account,  to  “Member’s  interest 
subject to mandatory redemption” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The remaining $1.9 million was 
attributable to noncontrolling interest owners which the Company includes in equity and was reflected in equity in 
“Noncontrolling interests” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. 

Noncontrolling owners’ interest in earnings of subsidiaries and joint ventures for the year ended December 31, 
2012  shown  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statement  of  operations  of  $18.0  million  includes  $15.0  million 
attributable  to  the  RLW  noncontrolling  interest  owners,  which  was  reflected  in  “Current  obligation  for 
noncontrolling owners’ interests in subsidiaries and joint ventures,” $1.9 million attributable to RHB noncontrolling 
interest  owners,  which  was  reflected  in  “Obligation  for  noncontrolling  owners’  interest  in  subsidiaries  and  joint 
ventures” and income of $1.1 million attributable to Myers’ noncontrolling interest owners which was reflected in 
equity in “Noncontrolling interests” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. 

3.  Variable Interest Entities 

Under  GAAP,  the  Company  must  determine  whether  each  entity,  including  joint  ventures  in  which  it 
participates,  is  a  variable  interest  entity  (“VIE”).  This  determination  focuses  on  identifying  which  owner  or  joint 
venture partner, if any, has the power to direct the activities of the entity and the obligation to absorb losses of the 
entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity disproportionate to its interest in the entity, which could have 
the effect of requiring us to consolidate the entity in  which  we have a noncontrolling variable interest. Where the 
Company has determined that it is appropriate to consolidate a VIE which it owns a 50% or less interest, the equity 
held  by  the  remaining  owners  and  their  portions  of  net  income  (loss)  are  reflected  in  the  balance  sheet  line  item 
“Noncontrolling interests” in “Equity” and the statement of operations line item “Noncontrolling owners’ interests 
in earnings of subsidiaries and joint ventures.” 

On  August  1,  2011,  the  Company  purchased  a  50%  limited  partner  interest  in  Myers.  Myers  is  a  construction 
limited  partnership  located  in  California  and  was  acquired  in  order  to  expand  the  geographic  scope  of  the 
Company’s operations into California. The Company has determined that Myers is a VIE for which the Company is 
the primary beneficiary and has consolidated Myers into these financial statements.  

The determination that Myers is a VIE and that the Company is the primary beneficiary is primarily due to the 
following factors. The partnership agreement requires that Sterling provide a $3 million line of credit to the limited 
partnership.  In  addition  the  partnership  is  relying  on  the  Company’s  surety  bonding  capacity  in  order  to  bid  and 
perform large construction jobs resulting in the Company having joint and several liability for completion of such 
jobs, and the Company  will provide management to the partnership to oversee bidding and  management of larger 
projects. Although the Company will receive 50% of the income from the partnership, it may suffer more than 50% 
of any losses as a result of its obligation to provide the $3 million line of credit and its obligations under the surety 
bonds.  Because  the  Company  exercises  primary  control  over  activities  of  the  partnership  and  it  is  exposed  to  the 
majority  of  potential  losses  of  the  partnership,  the  Company  consolidated  Myers  within  the  Company’s  financial 
statements from August 1, 2011, the date of acquisition. 

F17 

 
 
The  financial  information  of  Myers  which  is  reflected  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  statements  of 

operations is as follows (amounts in thousands): 

As of December 31, 
2013 

2014 

Assets: 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents  ........................................................................................... $
Contracts receivable, including retainage .....................................................................
Other current assets .......................................................................................................
Total current assets ..................................................................................................
Property and equipment, net .................................................................................................
Other assets, net....................................................................................................................
Goodwill ...............................................................................................................................

 148  $ 

 21,327 
 7,656 
 29,131 
 9,303 
-- 
 1,501 

Total assets .............................................................................................................. $

 39,935  $ 

 566  
 6,475  
 7,964  
 15,005  
 6,869  
 5  
 1,501  
 23,380  

Liabilities: 
Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable .......................................................................................................... $
Other current liabilities .................................................................................................
Total current liabilities ............................................................................................

 15,795  $ 

 9,000 
 24,795 

 8,361  
 7,080  
 15,441  

Long-term liabilities: 

Other long-term liabilities .............................................................................................

Total liabilities ........................................................................................................ $

 16 
 24,811  $ 

137  
 15,578  

Revenues........................................................................$ 
Operating income ..........................................................  
Net income attributable to Sterling common 

 144,837     $ 
 9,319      

 82,421    $ 
 3,764     

stockholders ............................................................  

 4,657    

 1,879 

 84,877 
 2,152 

 694  

Year Ended December 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

4.  Cash and Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original or remaining maturities of three months or 
less  at  the  time  of  purchase  to  be  cash  equivalents.  Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  balances  held  by  our 
wholly-owned subsidiaries as well as the Company’s VIE.  

The Company holds cash on deposit in U.S. banks, at times, in excess of federally insured limits. Management 
does  not  believe  that  the  risk  associated  with  keeping  cash  deposits  in  excess  of  federal  deposit  insurance  limits 
represents a material risk. 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had no short-term investments. 

At December 31, 2014, there were no cash and cash equivalents belonging to majority-owned joint ventures that 
are  consolidated  in  these  financial  statements.  At  December  31,  2013,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  included  $0.4 
million  belonging  to  majority-owned  joint  ventures  that  are  consolidated  in  these  financial  statements  which 
generally cannot be used for purposes outside such joint ventures.  

Gains and losses realized on short-term investment securities are included in “Gains on sale of securities” in the 
accompanying  statements  of  operations.  Unrealized  gains  (losses)  on  short-term  investments  are  included  in 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  in  stockholders’  equity,  net  of  tax,  as  the  gains  and  losses  may  be 
temporary.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  and  2012,  total  proceeds  from  sales  of  short-term  investments 
were  $49.9  million  and  $26.7  million,  respectively,  with  gross  realized  gains  of  $0.7  million  and  $0.8  million, 
respectively,  and  gross  realized  losses  of  $0.6  million  and  $0,  respectively.  Accumulated  other  comprehensive 
income at December 31, 2013 included no unrealized gains on short-term investments and $1.1 million at December 
31, 2012. Upon the sale of short-term investments, the cost basis used to determine the gain or loss based on the 
specific identification of the security sold. All items included in accumulated other comprehensive income are at the 
corporate level, and no portion is attributable to noncontrolling interests.  

At  each  reporting  date,  the  Company  performs  separate  evaluations  of  impaired  debt  and  equity  securities  to 
determine if the unrealized losses are other-than-temporary. The evaluations include a number of factors, including 
but  not  limited  to,  the  length  of  time  and  extent  to  which  the  fair  value  has  been  less  than  cost,  the  financial 

F18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and management’s ability and intent to hold the securities until fair 
value  recovers.  The  assessment  of  the  ability  and  intent  to  hold  these  securities  to  recovery  focuses  primarily  on 
liquidity needs and securities portfolio objectives. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had no short-term 
investments; thus no evaluation was required.  

The Company earned interest income of $0.6 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 
and  2012,  respectively,  on  its  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  short-term  investments.  These  amounts  are  recorded  in 
“interest income” in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. 

5.  Costs and Estimated Earnings and Billings on Uncompleted Contracts 

Billing practices for our contracts are governed by the contract terms of each project based on progress toward 
completion approved by the owner, achievement of milestones or pre-agreed schedules. Billings do not necessarily 
correlate with revenue recognized under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. The current liability, 
“Billings  in  excess  of  costs  and  estimated  earnings  on  uncompleted  contracts,”  represents  billings  in  excess  of 
revenues  recognized.  The  current  asset,  “Costs  and  estimated  earnings  in  excess  of  billings  on  uncompleted 
contracts,”  represents  revenues  recognized  in  excess  of  amounts  billed  to  the  customer,  which  are  usually  billed 
during normal billing processes following achievement of contractual requirements. In addition, revenue associated 
with  unapproved  change  orders  is  also  included  when  realization  is  probable  and  amounts  can  be  reliably 
determined. 

The  two  tables  below  set  forth  the  costs  incurred  and  earnings  accrued  on  uncompleted  contracts  (revenues) 
compared  with  the  billings  on  those  contracts  through  December  31,  2014  and  2013  and  reconcile  the  net  excess 
billings to the amounts included in the consolidated balance sheets at those dates (amounts in thousands). 

As of December 31, 
2014 

2013 

Costs incurred and estimated earnings on uncompleted  

contracts .................................................................................   $  1,566,831  

$   1,334,322 

Billings on uncompleted contracts ............................................  
Excess of costs incurred and estimated earnings over billings 

   (1,559,077) 

  (1,354,214 ) 

(excess of billings over costs incurred and estimated 
earnings) on uncompleted contracts .......................................   $

 7,754 

$ 

 (19,892 ) 

Included in the accompanying balance sheets under the following captions: 

As of December 31, 
2014 

2013 

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on 

uncompleted contracts ............................................................   $

  33,403  

$

 11,684 

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings  
  on uncompleted contracts .......................................................    
Net amount of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted 

 (25,649) 

 (31,576 ) 

contracts above (below) billings .............................................   $

 7,754 

$

 (19,892 ) 

Revenues  recognized  and  billings  on  uncompleted  contracts  include  cumulative  amounts  recognized  as 

revenues and billings in prior years. 

6.  Construction Joint Ventures 

We participate in joint ventures with other large construction companies and other partners, typically for large, 
technically  complex  projects,  including  design-build  projects,  when  it  is  desirable  to  share  risk  and  resources  in 
order  to  seek  a  competitive  advantage  or  when  the  project  is  too  large  for  us  to  obtain  sufficient  bonding.  Joint 
venture  partners  typically  provide  independently  prepared  estimates,  furnish  employees  and  equipment,  enhance 
bonding capacity and often also bring local knowledge and expertise. We select our joint venture partners based on 
our analysis of their construction and financial capabilities, expertise in the type of work to be performed and past 
working relationships with us, among other criteria. 

We participate in various construction joint venture partnerships. Generally, each construction joint venture is 
formed  to  accomplish  a  specific  project  and  is  jointly  controlled  by  the  joint  venture  partners.  The  joint  venture 
agreements typically provide that our interests in any profits and assets, and our respective share in any losses and 
liabilities  that  may  result  from  the  performance  of  the  contract  are  limited  to  our  stated  percentage  interest  in  the 
venture. We have no significant commitments beyond completion of the contract with the customer. 

Joint  venture  contracts  with  project  owners  typically  impose  joint  and  several  liability  on  the  joint  venture 
partners. Although our agreements with our joint venture partners provide that each party will assume and pay its 

F19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
share of any losses resulting from a project, if one of our partners is unable to pay its share, we would be fully liable 
under  our  contract  with  the  project  owner.  Circumstances  that  could  lead  to  a  loss  under  these  guarantee 
arrangements include a partner’s inability to contribute additional funds to the venture in the event that the project 
incurs  a  loss  or  additional  costs  that  we  could  incur  should  the  partner  fail  to  provide  the  services  and  resources 
toward project completion that had been committed to in the joint venture agreement. Historically, the Company has 
not incurred a liability related to the nonperformance of a joint venture partner. 

Under a joint venture agreement, one partner is typically designated as the sponsor or manager. The sponsoring 
partner typically provides all administrative, accounting and most of the project management support for the project 
and generally receives a fee from the joint venture for these services. We have been designated as the sponsoring 
partner in certain of our current joint venture projects and are a non-sponsoring partner in others. 

Under  GAAP,  the  Company  must  determine  whether  each  joint  venture  in  which  it  participates  is  a  variable 
interest entity. This determination focuses on identifying which joint venture partner, if any, has the power to direct 
the activities of a joint venture and the obligation to absorb losses of the joint venture or the right to receive benefits 
from the joint venture in excess of their ownership interests and could have the effect of requiring us to consolidate 
joint ventures in which we have a noncontrolling variable interest. At December 31, 2014, we had no participation in 
a joint venture where we had a material non-majority variable interest. 

Where we are a noncontrolling venture partner, we account for our share of the operations of such construction 
joint ventures on a pro rata basis using proportionate consolidation on our consolidated statements of operations and 
as  a  single  line  item  (“Receivables  from  and  equity  in  construction  joint  ventures”)  in  the  consolidated  balance 
sheets. This method is an acceptable modification of the equity method of accounting which is a common practice in 
the construction industry. Combined financial amounts of joint ventures in which the Company has a noncontrolling 
interest  and  the  Company’s  share  of  such  amounts  which  are  included  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial 
statements are shown below (amounts in thousands): 

Total combined: 

Current assets ....................................................................   $  18,132   
Less current liabilities .......................................................       (49,035 ) 
Net assets .......................................................................   $  (30,903 ) 
Backlog .............................................................................   $  55,063   

 $   51,329   
    (64,531 )  
  $  (13,202 ) 
  $  101,014   

As of December 31, 
2013 
2014 

Years Ended December 31, 
2013 

  2012 

2014 

Total combined: 

Revenues ...........................................................................   $  51,015    
 3,606    
Income before tax ..............................................................  

$  135,699   
  (20,758 ) 

 $ 438,756   
 95,765   

Sterling’s noncontrolling interest: 

Share of revenues ..............................................................   $  20,243   
 2,111  
Share of income before tax ...............................................  

  $   54,096   
  (11,088 ) 

 $  82,519   
 12,424   

Sterling’s noncontrolling interest in backlog ..........................   $  15,889   
Sterling’s receivables from and equity in construction joint 

As of December 31, 
2013 
2014 
  $   30,652   

ventures ...............................................................................  

 9,153   

 6,118   

Approximately  $16  million  of  the  Company’s  backlog  at  December  31,  2014  was  attributable  to  projects 
performed  by  joint  ventures.  The  majority  of  this  amount  is  attributable  to  the  Company’s  joint  venture  with 
Shimmick Construction Company, where the Company has a 30% interest. 

The caption “Receivables from and equity in construction joint ventures,” includes undistributed earnings and 
receivables owed to the Company. Undistributed earnings are typically released to the joint venture partners after the 
customer accepts the project as completed and any warranty period, if any, has passed. 

F20 

 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
7.  Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are summarized as follows (amounts in thousands):  

Construction equipment ............................................................................$ 129,150   
18,205   
Transportation equipment .........................................................................
10,777   
Buildings .................................................................................................. 
2,761   
Office equipment ...................................................................................... 
878   
Leasehold Improvement ........................................................................... 
387   
Construction in progress ........................................................................... 
5,530   
Land .......................................................................................................... 
200   
Water rights .............................................................................................. 
167,888   
 (80,790)  
87,098   

Less accumulated depreciation ................................................................. 
$

As of December 31, 
2013 
2014 
$ 127,199   
  19,132  
  10,512   
2,025   
816   
--   
5,309   
200   
  165,193   
   (71,510 ) 
93,683   
$

8.  Goodwill 

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of companies acquired over the fair value of their net assets at the 
dates of acquisition. GAAP requires that goodwill not be amortized and that goodwill is to be tested for impairment 
at  least  annually  at  the  reporting  unit  level.  The  Company  tests  for  goodwill  impairment  on  October  1st  of  each 
calendar year. There are two steps involved in the testing of goodwill, excluding a qualitative analysis. The first step 
compares  the  book  value  of  the  Company’s  stock  (stockholders’  equity  or  net  assets)  to  the  adjusted  fair  market 
value of those shares. If the adjusted fair value of the stock is greater than the calculated book value of the stock, 
goodwill is deemed not to be impaired and no further testing is required. If the adjusted fair value is less than the 
calculated  book  value,  then  step  two  of  determining  the  fair  value  of  net  assets  must  be  taken  to  determine  the 
impairment amount. 

To  determine  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  net  assets,  the  Company  used  the  weighted  average  of  the 
following valuation techniques: market capitalization plus control premium (market) approach and a discounted cash 
flow  (income)  approach.  The  market  approach  includes  level  one  fair  value  inputs,  such  as  the  Company’s  stock 
price, at October 1, 2014, and level two fair value inputs, such as the control premiums based on prior year sales 
transactions of construction contractors and engineering services, similar sized transactions based on the Company’s 
market capitalization, and all-inclusive total industries transactions. The income approach includes level three inputs 
such  as  the  Company’s  calculated  weighted  average  cost  of  capital  and  future  income  projections  that  include 
assumptions about revenue and gross profit growth, along with other assumptions.  

Based on our calculation, we determined that the fair value of the Company’s equity  was approximately 19% 
above the carrying value of the Company’s equity for our 2014 step one test. Testing under step one in 2013 and 
2012 also did not indicate that the adjusted fair value of the Company’s stock was less than its book value.  

The following table details changes in recorded goodwill (amounts in thousands): 

Balance at January 1, 2012 .......................................................... $ 54,050 
360 
410 
Balance at December 31, 2013 and 2014 ..................................... $ 54,820 

Additional goodwill related to acquisitions ............................   
Goodwill adjustments .............................................................   

After the annual test  was completed, the Company’s stock price decreased from $7.54 on October 1, 2014 to 
$6.39 on December 31, 2014. Due to the decrease in the stock price, the Company noted that a goodwill impairment 
triggering  event  occurred  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014. Therefore,  the  Company  updated  its  annual  goodwill 
impairment assessment using the two valuation methods discussed above. The methods now included fourth quarter 
information which incorporated the Company’s stock price at December 31, 2014 and reduced gross margins used in 
our discounted cash flow model projections. Based on this revised testing, there was no goodwill impairment and we 
determined  that  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  equity  was  approximately  13%  above  the  carrying  value  of  the 
Company’s equity. 

Refer  to  Note  21  for  further  information  regarding  the  Company’s  assessment  of  Goodwill  after  considering 

certain subsequent events. 

F21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9.  Derivative Financial Instruments 

The Company enters into various fixed rate commodity swap contracts in an effort to manage its exposure to 
price  volatility  of  diesel  fuel.  Historically,  fuel  prices  have  been  volatile  because  of  supply  and  demand  factors, 
worldwide political factors and general economic conditions. The objective of the Company in executing the hedge 
is  to  mitigate  the  fuel  price  volatility  that  could  adversely  affect  forecasted  cash  flows  and  earnings  related  to 
construction contracts. Swaps are designed so that the Company receives or makes payments based on a differential 
between fixed and variable prices for off-road ultra-low  sulfur diesel (“ULSD”). The Company has designated its 
commodity derivative contracts as cash flow hedges designed to achieve more predictable cash flows, as well as to 
reduce its exposure to price volatility. While the use of derivative instruments limits the downside risk of adverse 
price  movements,  they  also  limit  future  benefits  from  reductions  in  costs  as  a  result  of  favorable  market  price 
movements. 

All of the Company’s outstanding derivative financial instruments are recognized in the balance sheet at their 
fair values. The Company has a master netting arrangement with the counterparty; however, the gross amounts are 
recorded  on  the  balance  sheet.  All  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  outstanding  derivatives,  except  any  ineffective 
portion,  are  recorded  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  until  earnings  are  impacted  by  the  hedged 
transaction.  Amounts  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  are  reclassified  to  earnings  when  the  related 
hedged  items  affect  earnings  or  the  anticipated  transactions  are  no  longer  probable.  All  items  included  in 
accumulated other comprehensive income are at the corporate level, and no portion is attributable to noncontrolling 
interests. 

At  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  the  accumulated  other  comprehensive  (loss)  income  consisted  of 
unrecognized loss of $0.1 million and unrecognized gain of $0.1 million, respectively, representing the unrealized 
change in fair value of the effective portion of the Company’s commodity contracts, designated as cash flow hedges, 
as of the balance sheet date. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company recognized pre-
tax net realized cash settlement losses on commodity contracts of over $0.1 million, gains of less than $0.1 million 
and losses of less than $0.1 million, respectively. 

At  December  31,  2014,  the  Company  had  hedged  its  exposure  to  the  variability  in  future  cash  flows  from 
forecasted  diesel  fuel  purchases  totaling  0.1  million  gallons.  The  monthly  volumes  hedged  range  from  10,000 
gallons to 15,000 gallons over the period from January 2015 to August 2015 at fixed prices per gallon ranging from 
$2.75 to $2.79. Due to the recent decline in oil and fuel prices, the Company has not entered into any new derivative 
instruments. 

The derivative instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value as follows (amounts in 

thousands): 

Balance Sheet Location 

2014 

2013 

As of December 31, 

Derivative assets: 

Deposits and other current assets......................................    $
Other assets, net ................................................................   

   $

Derivative liabilities: 

Other current liabilities .....................................................    $
Other long-term liabilities ................................................   

   $

--  
--  
--  

 (101 ) 
--  
 (101 ) 

 $

 $

 $

 $

109  
8  
117  

--  
--  
--  

The following table summarizes the effects of commodity derivative instruments on the consolidated statements 

of operations and comprehensive income (loss) (in thousands): 

Years Ended December 31, 
2013 

  2012 

2014 

Increase (decrease) in fair value of derivatives included in 

other comprehensive income (loss) (effective portion) .......$

 (218 ) 

$

 109  

$

 231  

Realized gain (loss) included in cost of revenues (effective 

portion) ................................................................................ 

 (137 ) 

Increase (decrease) in fair value of derivatives included in 

cost of revenues (ineffective portion) .................................. 

--  

48  

--  

 (66 ) 

--  

The Company’s derivative instruments contain certain credit-risk-related contingent features which apply both 
to the Company and to the counterparties. The counterparty to the Company’s derivative contracts is a high credit 
quality financial institution. 

F22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
 
  
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value 

The  Company’s  swaps  are  valued  based  on  a  discounted  future  cash  flow  model.  The  primary  input  for  the 
model  is  the  forecasted  prices  for  ULSD.  The  Company’s  model  is  validated  by  the  counterparty’s  fair  value 
statements. The swaps are designated as Level 2 within the valuation hierarchy. Refer to Note 1 for a description of 
the inputs used to value the information shown above. 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not have any derivative assets or liabilities measured at fair 

value on a recurring basis that meet the definition of Level 1 or Level 3 fair value inputs. 

10.  Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income by Component 

The changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax, 

which is included as a component of stockholders’ equity, are as follows (amounts in thousands):  

Twelve Months 
Ended 
December 31,  
2014 (*) 
Unrealized Gain 
and Loss on Cash 
Flow Hedges 

Beginning Balance .......................................................................................................$
Other comprehensive loss before reclassification .................................................
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income ................
Net current-period other comprehensive loss ...............................................................
Ending Balance ............................................................................................................$

 117  
 (355 ) 
 137  
 (218 ) 
 (101 ) 

(*) Amounts in parentheses represent reductions to accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income. 

The  significant  amounts  reclassified  out  of  each  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  (loss) 

income are as follows (amounts in thousands):  

Amount Reclassified From 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive 
(Loss) Income (*) 

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 

Details About Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive (Loss) Income Components 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Statement of 
Operations 
Classification 

Realized gains on available-for sale securities ....... $
Less: Income tax expense ................................
Tax valuation allowance ..................................
Total reclassification related to available-for-sale 

securities ............................................................. $

-- 
-- 
-- 

-- 

Realized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges .......... $
Less: Income tax (expense) benefit .................
Tax valuation allowance ..................................

(137) 
-- 
-- 

Total reclassification related to cash flow 

$

 $

 $

$

$

$

 90 
(33 ) 
33  

 90 

48  
(17 ) 
17  

Gain on sale of 
securities and other 

 785 
 (275) Income tax (expense) 

-- 

benefit 

 510  Net income (loss) 

 (66) Cost of revenues 
 23  Income tax (expense) 

-- 

benefit 

hedges ................................................................. $

 (137) 

 $

 48  

$

 (43) Net income (loss) 

(*) Amounts in parentheses represent reductions to earnings in the statement of operations. 

F23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.  Line of Credit and Long-Term Debt 

Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):  

Credit facility...............................................................................$
Mortgage due monthly through June 2016 ..................................
Notes payable for transportation and construction equipment ....

Less current maturities of long-term debt.................................... 
Total long-term debt ....................................................................$

As of December 31, 

2014 

2013 

34,601    
116    
3,269    
37,986    
(965 )  
37,021   

$

  $

7,808   
189  
468  
8,465   
(134 ) 
8,331   

Line of Credit Facility 

On  October 31,  2007,  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  entered  into  a  new  credit  facility  (“Credit  Facility”) 
with Comerica Bank with a maturity date of October 31, 2012. In December 2009, the Credit Facility was amended 
to permit the acquisition of RLW and in November 2011, the Credit Facility was amended to extend the maturity 
date to September 30, 2016. The Credit Facility  is secured by all assets of the Company, other than proceeds and 
other rights under our construction contracts, which are pledged to our bond surety.  

The Credit Facility is subject to our compliance with certain covenants, including financial covenants relating to 
leverage, tangible net worth and asset coverage. The Credit Facility contains restrictions on the Company’s ability 
to: 

(cid:120)  Make distributions and dividends; 
(cid:120) 
Incur liens and encumbrances; 
(cid:120) 
Incur further indebtedness; 
(cid:120)  Guarantee obligations; 
(cid:120)  Dispose of a material portion of assets or merge with a third party; 
(cid:120)  Make acquisitions; and 
(cid:120)  Make investments in securities. 

At the end of the second quarter of 2013, the Company was not in compliance with the leverage ratio financial 
covenant. On August 8, 2013, the Company obtained a Waiver and Third Amendment to Credit Agreement with its 
lender which waived the noncompliance with the leverage ratio financial covenant as of June 30, 2013 and provided 
a  less  restrictive  leverage  ratio  covenant  requirement.  In  addition,  the  waiver  amended  the  existing  borrowing 
interest fee schedule and increased borrowing rates by 100 basis points to 4.25% effective June 30, 2013.  

At the end of the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company was not in compliance with the minimum tangible net 
worth  and  the  leverage  ratio  financial  covenants.  As  a  result,  subsequent  to  year  end,  the  Company  obtained  a 
Waiver and Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement (the “Fourth Amendment”) with its lender which waived the 
noncompliance  with  the  financial  covenants  as  of  December  31,  2013  and  provided  less  restrictive  covenant 
requirements.  The  Fourth  Amendment  also  imposed  liquidity  thresholds  that  the  Company  is  required  to  meet  in 
2014. Refer to the discussion below of our revised amendment which eased our required liquidity thresholds. 

Among  other  things,  the  Fourth  Amendment  reduced  the  borrowings  available  to  $40  million  from  the 
previously available $50 million and has eliminated the option to increase the Credit Facility by an additional $50 
million. The Fourth Amendment also modified the existing borrowing interest fee schedule and increased borrowing 
rates by 50 basis points to 4.75% effective December 31, 2013. In addition, if certain liquidity thresholds are not met 
in 2014 the interest rate may increase 200 basis points and continue to increase 100 basis points every quarter after 
2015  until  such  thresholds  are  met.  Furthermore,  the  Fourth  Amendment  requires  the  payment  of  a  quarterly 
commitment fee of 0.75% per annum, which is an increase of 25 basis points, on unused availability.  

On  April  29,  2014,  the  Company  obtained  an  amendment  (the  “Fifth  Amendment”)  with  our  bank  which 
removed a requirement that we raise $20 million of new equity capital by September 30, 2014, in addition to raising 
$10 million of other liquidity by June 30, 2014, provided that we raise $10 million of new equity capital by May 30, 
2014.  As  discussed  below,  the  Company  raised  $14.0  million  and  the  cash  was  used  to  repay  a  portion  of  our 
outstanding  indebtedness  under  the  Credit  Facility.  The  equity  raise  did  not  reduce  the  Company’s  borrowing 
capacity. 

F24 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
On September 5, 2014, the Company and its lender amended the Credit Facility (the “Sixth Amendment”) 

which accomplished the following: 

(cid:120)  Removed the prohibition against acquisitions and amended the definition of Permitted Acquisition in the 
Credit  Agreement to provide that the Company  may,  without the lender's consent, but  subject to certain 
restrictions,  acquire  another  entity  or  its  assets  for  a  price  of  up  to  $8  million  payable  in  shares  of  the 
Company's common stock. 

(cid:120)  Modified the Company’s Tangible Net Worth requirement. 
(cid:120)  Eliminated the covenant which capped losses per quarter. 
(cid:120)  Changed the monthly Covenant Compliance Reports to quarterly reports. 

As a result of the fourth quarter loss, the Company was not in compliance with the tangible net worth covenant 
related to the Company’s Credit Facility at December 31, 2014. Refer to Note 21 for the subsequent events related to 
the resolution of our noncompliance with this debt covenant.  

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had $34.6 million and $7.8 million outstanding under the Credit 
Facility, respectively, and the aggregate amount of letters of credit outstanding under the Credit Facility  was $3.0 
million and $2.0  million, respectively,  which reduces availability  under the Credit  Facility.  Availability under the 
Credit Facility was, therefore, $2.4 million and $30.2 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  

Mortgage 

In  2001,  TSC  completed  the  construction  of  a  headquarters  building  and  financed  it  principally  through  a 
mortgage of $1.1 million on the land and facilities, at a floating interest rate, which at December 31, 2014 was 3.5% 
per annum, repayable over 15 years with a prepayment penalty. The outstanding balance on this mortgage was $0.1 
million at December 31, 2014. 

Notes Payable for transportation and construction equipment 

The  Company  purchased  and  financed  various  transportation  and  construction  equipment  to  enhance  the 
Company’s fleet of equipment. The total long-term notes payable related to the purchase of financed equipment was 
$3.3  million  and  $0.5  million  at  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  respectively.  The  purchases  have  payment  terms 
ranging from 3 to 5 years and the associated interest rates range from 3.12% to 6.29%.  

Maturities of Debt 

The Company’s long-term obligations mature in future years as follows (amounts in thousands): 

Years Ending 
December 31, 
2015 .......................  $
2016 .......................  
2017 .......................  
2018 .......................  
2019 .......................  
Thereafter ...............  
$

Amount 
965 
35,499 
710 
553 
259 
-- 
37,986 

12.  Income Taxes and Deferred Tax Asset/Liability 

The  Company’s  policy  is  to  recognize  interest  related  to  any  underpayment  of  taxes  as  interest  expense,  and 
penalties as administrative expenses. No  interest or penalties have been accrued at December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
and interest and penalties for the year ended December 31, 2012 were not significant. The Company’s U.S. federal 
income  tax  returns  for  2011  and  later  years  are  open  and  subject  to  examination  by  the  I.R.S.  In  addition,  the 
Company’s state income tax returns for 2010 and later years are open and subject to examination. 

F25 

 
 
 
Current income tax expense represents federal and state income tax paid or expected to be payable for the years 
shown  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  The  income  tax  expense  (benefit)  in  the  accompanying 
consolidated financial statements consists of the following (amounts in thousands): 

Current tax expense (benefit) ..........................................$ 
Deferred tax expense (benefit) ........................................ 
Total tax expense (benefit) ..............................................$ 

2014 

Years Ended December 31, 
2013 
 (3,928 ) 
 5,150  
 1,222  

 632    $ 
--     

 632 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

 588  
 (1,167) 
 (579) 

2012 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (amounts in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2014 

Long 
Term 

Current 

2013 

Current 

Long 
Term 

Assets related to: 

Accrued compensation and other ...........................$ 
Amortization and impairment of goodwill  ............
Accreted interest to put ..........................................
Contingency on lawsuit ..........................................
Noncontrolling interest ...........................................
Deferred revenue ....................................................
Revaluation of put/call liabilities ...........................
Net operating loss carryforwards ...........................
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets ...........

 1,059  
--   
--   
--   
--   
 125   
--   
--   
 (1,184 ) 

$ 

 809  

$ 

 10,816 
-- 
-- 
 2,326 
-- 
 8,471 
 27,172 
     (35,393) 

 265  
--  
--  
--  
--  
 6,993  
--  
--  
 (7,258) 

  $ 

 451  
   11,108   
 985  
 106  

 1,439 
-- 
 5,127 
   18,302  
  (23,773) 

Liabilities related to: 

Depreciation of property and equipment ................
Other....................................................................... 
Net asset.......................................................................$ 

--   
--   
--  

     (14,186) 
 (15) 
--  

$ 

$ 

--  
--  
--  

  (12,669) 
 (1,076) 
-- 

  $ 

The income tax provision (benefit) differs from the amount using the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% 

for the following reasons (amounts in thousands): 

2014 

Years Ended December 31, 
2013 

2012 

Amount 

      % 

Amount 

  % 

Amount 

  % 

Tax expense (benefit) at the U.S. 

federal statutory rate.............................$

 (1,608 )    

 35.0   % 

$   (24,081 ) 

35.0   % 

 $

5,997  

35.0   % 

State tax based on income, net of 

refunds and federal benefits ................. 

 (155 )    

 3.4 

 (1,280 ) 

1.8  

(58 ) 

(0.3 ) 

Taxes on subsidiaries’ and joint 
ventures’ earnings allocated to 
noncontrolling interests owners ...........

Tax benefits of Domestic Production 

Activities Deduction ............................

Impairment associated with goodwill 

that is not amortizable for tax...............
Valuation Allowance ...............................
Reduction of tax receivable .....................
Non-taxable interest income ....................
Other permanent differences .................... 
Income tax expense (benefit) ...................$

 (2,365 )     

 51.5  

 (1,375 ) 

2.0 

(5,938 ) 

(34.7 ) 

--     

--      

 4,152        (90.4 )       
 524        (11.4 )       

--      

 84  
 632  

 (1.9 )       
 (13.8 ) %   $

--  

--  

(84 ) 

(0.5 ) 

--   
 28,215  
--  
 (195 )   
(62 )   

 1,222  

--  
 (41.0 )  
--    
0.3    
0.1  
(1.8 ) %    $

--  
--    
--    
(529 )  

--  
--    
--    
(3.1 )  
33        0.2  

(579 )     

(3.4 ) % 

F26 

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
     
   
   
 
 
     
   
 
  
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
  
     
   
 
  
     
  
   
 
 
 
We  have  federal  and  state  income  tax  net  operating  loss  (“NOL”)  carryforwards  of  $73.1  million  and  $36.4 
million, which will expire at various dates in the next 20 years for U.S. federal income tax and in the next 6 to 20 
years for the various state jurisdictions where we operate. Such NOL carryforwards expire as follows (in thousands):   

Year 

  Amount 

2020 ................................................... $ 
2021 ...................................................  
2028 ...................................................  
2029 ...................................................  
2033 ...................................................  
2034 ...................................................  

Total ............................................... $ 

15 
50 
8,744 
3,410 
70,003 
27,312 
109,534 

Management  assesses  the  available  positive  and  negative  evidence  to  estimate  if  sufficient  future  taxable 
income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets. A significant piece of objective negative evidence 
evaluated  was  the cumulative loss incurred over the  three-year period ended December  31, 2014. The cumulative 
three-year period loss that  remained in the  fourth quarter  2014 was the result of  write-downs recorded during the 
year.  Such  objective  evidence  limits  the  ability  to  consider  other  subjective  evidence  such  as  our  projections  for 
future growth. On the basis of this evaluation, as of December 31, 2014, a valuation allowance of $36.6 million has 
been recorded on the net deferred tax assets including federal and state net operating losses as they are not likely to 
be  realized.  The  amount  of  the  deferred  tax  asset  considered  realizable,  however,  could  be  adjusted  if  objective 
negative  evidence  or  cumulative  losses  are  no  longer  present  and  additional  weight  may  be  given  to  subjective 
evidence such as our projections for growth.  

If our assumptions change and we determine we will be able to realize these NOLs, the tax benefits relating to 
any reversal of the  valuation  allowance on deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014,  will be accounted  for as 
follows: approximately $34.0 million will be recognized as a reduction of income tax expense and $2.6 million will 
be recorded as an increase in equity.  

As a result of certain realization requirements by GAAP, the table of deferred tax assets and liabilities shown 
above  does  not  include  certain  deferred  tax  assets  as  of  December  31,  2014,  and  December  31,  2013,  that  arose 
directly from (or the use of which was postponed by) tax deductions related to equity compensation that are greater 
than  the  compensation  recognized  for  financial  reporting.  Equity  will  be  increased  by  $16,000  if  and  when  such 
deferred tax assets are ultimately realized.  

On September 13, 2013, the U.S. Treasury Department and the I.R.S. issued final regulations that address costs 
incurred in acquiring, producing, or improving tangible property (the "tangible property regulations"). The tangible 
property  regulations  are  generally  effective  for  tax  years  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2014.  The  Company 
intends to adopt the tax treatment of expenditures to improve tangible property and the capitalization of inherently 
facilitative costs to acquire tangible property as of January 1, 2014. The tangible property regulations will require 
the Company to make additional tax accounting method changes as of January 1, 2014; however, management does 
not anticipate the impact of these changes to be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, its results 
of operations, or both. 

As  a  result  of  the  Company’s  analysis,  management  has  determined  that  the  Company  does  not  have  any 

material uncertain tax positions. 

13.  Commitments and Contingencies 

Employment Agreements 

At  December  31,  2014,  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer,  its  Executive  Vice  Presidents  and  certain 
executive  officers  of  its  subsidiaries  had  employment  agreements  which  provided  for  payments  of  annual  salary, 
deferred salary, incentive compensation and certain benefits if their employment is terminated  without cause. The 
Company has also entered into change of control agreements with certain officers providing for additional payments 
in  the  event  that  their  employment  is  terminated  without  cause  just  before  or  within  two  years  after  a  change  of 
control of the Company.  

F27 

 
 
 
 
Self-Insurance 

The  Company  is  self-insured  for  employee  health  claims.  Its  policy  is  to  accrue  the  estimated  liability  for 
known claims and for estimated claims that have been incurred but not reported as of each reporting date. In order to 
reduce the Company’s exposure to large health claims, it  has obtained stop-loss coverage for the policy period as 
follows: 

(cid:120)  Coverage  for  medical  and  prescription  drug  claim  amounts  in  excess  of  $55,000  for  RLW  and  JBC,  and 

$95,000 for all other entities, for each insured person within a plan year. 

(cid:120)  Combined  coverage  for  medical  and  prescription  drug  claim  amounts  in  excess  of  $5.2  million  within  a 

plan year.  

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred $2.2 million, $2.4 million, and 

$2.0 million, respectively, in claim expenses related to this plan. 

The Company and its  subsidiaries are also self-insured for  workers’ compensation,  general liability, and auto 
claims up to $250,000, $250,000 and $50,000 per occurrence, respectively, with a maximum aggregate liability of 
$4.2 million combined casualty losses per year.  

The  Company’s  policy  is  to  accrue  the  estimated  liability  for  known  claims  and  for  estimated  workers 
compensation, employee health, general liability and other claims that have been incurred but not reported as of each 
reporting date. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had recorded an estimated liability of $2.8 million 
and $1.7 million, respectively, which it believes is adequate for such claims based on its claims history and actuarial 
studies. The Company has a safety and training program in place to help prevent accidents and injuries and works 
closely with its employees and the insurance company to monitor all claims.  

The Company is required by our insurance provider to obtain and hold a standby letter of credit that serves as a 
guarantee by our lender to pay our insurance provider the incurred claim costs attributable to our general liability, 
workers compensation and automobile liability claims, up to the amount stated in the standby letter of credit, in the 
event  that  these  claims  were  not  paid  by  the  Company.  If  ever  demanded,  the  standby  letter  of  credit  would  be 
drawn against our  Credit Facility and as a result, reduces  our current credit availability. Historically, this standby 
letter  of  credit  has  not  been  drawn  upon.  Refer  to  Note  11  for  the  amount  held  in  our  standby  letter  of  credit  at 
December 31, 2014 and 2013. 

Guarantees 

The  Company  obtains  bonding  on  construction  contracts  through  Travelers  Casualty  and  Surety  Company  of 
America  (“Travelers”).  As  is  customary  in  the  construction  industry,  the  Company  indemnifies  Travelers  for  any 
losses incurred by it in connection with bonds that are issued. The Company has granted Travelers a security interest 
in accounts receivable and contract rights for that obligation. 

The  Company  typically  indemnifies  contract  owners  for  claims  arising  during  the  construction  process  and 

carries insurance coverage for such claims, which in the past have not been material. 

The  Company’s  Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  for  indemnification  of  its  officers  and  directors.  The 
Company has a directors and officers insurance policy that limits their exposure to litigation against them in their 
capacities as such. 

Litigation 

In January 2010, a jury trial was held to resolve a dispute between RHB and a subcontractor. The jury rendered 
a verdict of $1.0 million against RHB, exclusive of interest, court costs and attorney’s fees. The Company recorded 
this verdict as an expense in the year ended December 31, 2009, but appealed this judgment. The appeal was heard 
by  the  Nevada  Supreme  Court,  and  during  the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2012,  the  Court  upheld  the  original 
verdict against RHB. The Company recorded additional expense of $156,000 during that same period to cover court 
costs and attorney’s fees. Payment for the total judgment, court costs and attorney’s fees was made in October 2012, 
and this matter is now resolved in its entirety. There are no significant unresolved legal issues as of December 31, 
2014. 

The  Company  is  the  subject  of  certain  other  claims  and  lawsuits  occurring  in  the  normal  course  of  business. 
Management,  after  consultation  with  legal  counsel,  does  not  believe  that  the  outcome  of  these  other  actions  will 
have a material impact on the financial statements of the Company.  

F28 

 
 
Purchase Commitments 

To  manage  the  risk  of  changes  in  material  prices  and  subcontracting  costs  used  in  tendering  bids  for 
construction  contracts,  most  of  the  time,  we  obtain  firm  quotations  from  suppliers  and  subcontractors  before 
submitting a bid. These quotations do not include any quantity guarantees. As soon as we are advised that our bid is 
the lowest, we enter into firm contracts with most of our materials suppliers and sub-contractors, thereby mitigating 
the risk of future price variations affecting the contract costs. 

14.  Operating Leases 

The Company leases certain property and equipment under cancelable and non-cancelable agreements including 

office space.  

Minimum annual rentals for all operating leases having initial non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year 

are as follows (amounts in thousands): 

Years Ending December 31, 
2015 ...........................................................  $
2016 ...........................................................  
2017 ...........................................................  
2018 ...........................................................  
2019 ...........................................................  
Thereafter ..................................................  
Total future minimum rental payments  $

  Amount 
1,550 
1,359 
1,232 
1,251 
1,225 
2,176 
8,793 

Total  rent  expense  for  all  operating  leases  amounted  to  approximately  $1.6  million,  $0.9  million  and  $1.2 

million in fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

15.  Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Sterling Common Stockholders 

Basic  net  loss  per  share  attributable  to  Sterling  common  stockholders  is  computed  by  dividing  net  loss 
attributable to Sterling common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during 
the period. Diluted net loss per common share attributable to Sterling common stockholders is the same as basic net 
loss per share attributable to Sterling common stockholders but assumes the exercise of dilutive unvested common 
stock  and  stock  options  using  the  treasury  stock  method.  The  following  table  reconciles  the  numerators  and 
denominators of the basic and diluted per common share computations for net loss attributable to Sterling common 
stockholders for 2014, 2013 and 2012 (amounts in thousands, except per share data):  

Years Ended December 31, 
2013 

2014 

2012 

Numerator: 

Net loss attributable to Sterling common stockholders ..............................  $ 
Revaluation of noncontrolling interest put/call liability reflected in 

 (9,781 )  $   (73,929 )   $ 

 (297) 

additional paid in capital or retained earnings, net of tax ......................

--  

 (7,686 ) 

$ 

  (9,781 )   $   (81,615 )   $ 

Denominator: 

Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic ...........................   
Shares for dilutive stock options and warrants ...........................................   
Weighted average common shares outstanding and assumed 

  18,063   
--   

 16,635 
-- 

 (3,992) 
 (4,289) 

 16,421  
--  

conversions— diluted ...........................................................................   

 18,063   

 16,635 

 16,421  

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to Sterling common 

stockholders................................................................................................  $ 

 (0.54 )  $ 

 (4.91 ) 

$ 

 (0.26) 

The Company had no options outstanding but considered antidilutive due to the option exercise price exceeding 
the average share market price at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, 152,900, 160,206 
and 109,424 shares for unvested stock and stock options were excluded from the diluted weighted average common 
shares  outstanding  in  2014,  2013  and  2012,  respectively,  as  the  Company  incurred  a  loss  in  these  years  and  the 
impact of such shares would have been antidilutive.  

F29 

 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16.  Stockholders’ Equity 

Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share on all matters voted upon by the stockholders, 
including the election of directors, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Subject to the rights of holders of any 
then outstanding shares of preferred stock, common stockholders are entitled to receive ratably any dividends that 
may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. Holders of common stock 
are  entitled  to  share  ratably  in  net  assets  upon  any  dissolution  or  liquidation  after  payment  of  provision  for  all 
liabilities and any preferential liquidation rights of our preferred stock then outstanding. Common stock shares are 
not subject to any redemption provisions and are not convertible into any other shares of capital stock. The rights, 
preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to those of the holders of any shares of preferred 
stock that may be issued in the future. 

The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of one or more classes or series of preferred stock without 
stockholder approval and may establish the voting powers, designations, preferences and rights and restrictions of 
such shares. No preferred shares have been issued. 

Treasury and Forfeited Shares 

In October 2008, the Company announced a share-repurchase program to purchase up to $5 million in shares of 
common stock. In August 2010, the Company announced an increase to the share-repurchase program to purchase 
an additional $5 million in shares of common stock, for a total up to $10 million. The specific timing and amount of 
repurchase will vary based on market conditions, securities law limitations and other factors. There were no shares 
repurchases in 2014, 2013 and 2012 related to the share-repurchase program. 

The  Company  accounts  for  the  repurchase  of  treasury  shares  under  the  cost  method.  When  shares  are 
repurchased,  cash  is  paid  and  the  treasury  stock  account  is  debited  for  the  price  paid.  Under  the  cost  method, 
retirement of treasury stock would result in a debit to the common stock account for the original par value, a debit to 
additional  paid-in  capital  for  the  excess  between  the  par  value  and  the  original  sales  price,  a  debit  to  retained 
earnings for any excess amounts paid above the original sales price and a credit to the treasury stock account for the 
price paid.  

Forfeited shares are generally the result of employee separation from the Company. There were forfeitures of 
20,412 and 8,944 shares in 2014 and 2013, respectively, and no shares forfeited in 2012. Such stock is held briefly 
as treasury stock and canceled during the year. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there was no treasury stock held by 
the Company. 

Upon the vesting of unvested common stock (or restricted stock) the Company may withhold shares, based on 
the employee’s election, in order to satisfy federal tax withholdings. The shares held by the Company are considered 
constructively  retired  and  are  retired  shortly  after  withholding.  The  Company  then  remits  the  withholding  taxes 
required by the taxing agencies. During 2014 and 2013 there were 8,120 and 6,652 shares withheld for tax purposes 
and retired. 

Stock-based Compensation and Grants 

The  Company  has  a  stock-based  incentive  plan  that  is  administered  by  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the 
Board  of  Directors  (the  “2001  Plan”).  The  2001  Plan  is  in  effect  until  May  2021  as  a  result  of  a  May  2011 
amendment to extend its term for an additional ten years. The 2001 Plan provides for the issuance of stock awards 
for up to 1,900,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Compensation Committee may reward employees 
and  non-employees  with  various  types  of  awards  including  but  not  limited  to  warrants,  stock  options,  common 
stock, and unvested common stock (or restricted stock) vesting on service, performance or market criteria.  

At December 31, 2014, there were 997,377 shares of common stock available under the 2001 Plan. All 997,377 

shares under the plan are available for issuance pursuant to future stock-based compensation awards.  

There were no options outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013 and no shares are, or will be, available for 

grant under the Company’s other option plans, all of which have been terminated.  

F30 

 
 
Common Stock Awards 

The following table summarizes the Company’s service-based share compensation awards: 

Nonvested at January 1, 2012 .......................................... 
Granted ........................................................................
Vested .......................................................................... 
Forfeited ....................................................................... 
Nonvested at December 31, 2012 .................................... 
Granted ........................................................................ 
Vested .......................................................................... 
Forfeited ....................................................................... 
Nonvested at December 31, 2013 .................................... 
Granted ........................................................................ 
Vested .......................................................................... 
Forfeited ....................................................................... 
Nonvested at December 31, 2014 .................................... 

  Number of Shares 

71,469    $ 

Weighted Average 
Fair Value Per Share   
14.68   
9.75   
13.05 
-- 
11.03   
9.74 
10.57 
13.57 
10.61 
9.05 
6.88 
11.66 
11.65 

149,704  
(34,543 ) 
--   
186,630  
60,032   
(56,602 ) 
(8,944 ) 
181,116   
61,957   
(73,190 ) 
(20,412 ) 
149,471   

In 2014, 2013 and 2012, several key employees were granted an aggregate total of 18,536, 25,207 and 118,774 
shares of unvested common stock, respectively, with a weighted average fair value per share of $11.38, $9.30 and 
$9.76  per  share,  respectively,  resulting  in  compensation  expense  of  $0.2  million,  $0.2  million  and  $1.2  million, 
respectively, to be recognized ratably over a three- or five-year restriction period.  

The  2001  plan  provides  for  unvested  (or  restricted)  and  vested  common  stock  grants,  and  pursuant  to  non-
employee  director  compensation  arrangements,  non-employee  directors  of  the  Company  were  awarded  unvested 
stock with one-year vesting as follows:  

Years Ended December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2014 

6,203    
Shares awarded to each non-employee director ......................... 
43,421    
Total shares awarded ..................................................................
Average grant-date market price per share .................................$
8.06    
Total compensation cost attributable to shares awarded .............$ 350,000    
Compensation  cost  recognized  related  to  current  and  prior 

4,975     
34,825    
$
10.06   
$ 350,000    

5,155  
30,930  
 $
9.70  
$ 300,000  

year awards ...........................................................................$ 316,750   

$ 333,499   

$ 283,333  

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  a  director  of  the  Company  retired  and  forfeited  6,203  unvested 

shares. The amortized expense was adjusted for this forfeiture. 

In  addition  to  the  service  based  compensation  awards  discussed  above,  the  Company  also  awarded 
performance-based awards. There were no performance-based shares awarded in 2012. In 2013, the Company issued 
100,000 shares of unvested common stock to the Company’s CEO. These shares were to vest on March 31, 2018 
subject to the satisfaction of a performance condition. In 2014, there were a total of 7,500 performance-based shares 
issued. In order to recognize compensation expense for these performance based shares, the Company must assess, 
at each reporting period, whether it is probable that the performance condition will be met. These shares must also 
be re-valued at each reporting period until they vest. At December 31, 2014, the Company assessed that it would not 
be probable that the performance condition would be met, as such; no expense was incurred during the year.  

At  December  31,  2014,  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  unvested  common  stock  was  $0.8 
million. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.4 years. Compensation expense 
for stock options and unvested common stock (or restricted stock) grants was $0.8 million (with no tax benefit) in 
each of 2014 and 2013 and $0.7 million ($0.5 million after tax benefit of 35.0%) in 2012. Proceeds received by the 
Company from the exercise of options in 2014, 2013 and 2012 were less than $0.1 million for each of these years. 
The  Company  also  awards  common  stock  as  part  of  its  incentive  plan  with  no  service  or  performance  vesting 
requirements. There were no such shares awarded in 2014 and 2012 and 9,521 shares with a grant date fair value of 
$0.1 million awarded in 2013 which was treated as compensation expense in 2013. 

F31 

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Option Awards 

The following tables summarize the stock option activity under the 2001 Plan and previously active plans:  

2001 Plan 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012 ................
Exercised ....................................................
Expired/forfeited ........................................

Outstanding at December 31, 2013 ................
Exercised ....................................................
Expired/forfeited ........................................

 $

Shares 

22,200  
(8,500 ) 
(6,200 ) 

7,500  
(4,000 ) 
(3,500 ) 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014 ................

--  

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

3.08 
3.08 
3.07 

3.10 
3.10 
3.10 

-- 

Total options exercised during 2014 .............  

4,000 

$

21,911

Number 
of Shares 

  Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

For options exercised during 2014, aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value based on 
the difference between Company’s closing stock price on the day of exercise and the exercise price multiplied by the 
shares received upon exercise. There were no options outstanding as of December 31, 2014. 

At December 31, 2014, there was no unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options. 

Stock Offering 

On  April  29,  2014,  an  amended  “shelf”  registration  statement  filed  by  the  Company  with  the  SEC  became 
effective.  Under  the  amended  shelf  registration  statement,  the  Company  may  offer  from  time  to  time  any 
combination  of  securities  described  in  the  prospectus  in  one  or  more  offerings  up  to  a  total  of  $80  million.  The 
securities  described  in  the  prospectus  include  common  and  preferred  stock,  depository  shares,  debt  securities, 
warrants entitling the holders to purchase one or more classes or series of these securities or units consisting of two 
or more of these issuances, classes or series of securities. Net proceeds from the sales of the offered securities may 
be used for working capital needs, capital expenditures and other expenditures related to general corporate purposes, 
including future acquisitions.  

On  May  6,  2014,  the  Company  closed  a  public  offering  with  D.A.  Davidson  &  Co.  as  sole  underwriter  (the 
“Underwriter”),  pursuant  to  which  the  Underwriter  purchased  from  the  Company  2,100,000  shares  of  the 
Company’s common stock at a price of $6.90 per share. The net proceeds of $14.0 million from the offering, after 
deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses, was used to repay a portion of the indebtedness outstanding 
under our Credit Facility. 

17.  Employee Benefit Plans 

The Company maintains two defined contribution profit-sharing plan (401(k) plans) covering substantially all 
non-union persons employed by the Company,  whereby employees  may contribute a percentage of compensation, 
limited  to  maximum  allowed  amounts  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  The  Plans  provide  for  discretionary 
employer  contributions,  the  level  of  which,  if  any,  may  vary  by  subsidiary  and  is  determined  annually  by  each 
company’s board of directors. The Company  made aggregate matching contributions of  $1.3 million, $1.1 million 
and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

F32 

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  contributes  to  a  number  of  multiemployer  defined  benefit  pension  plans  under  the  terms  of 
collective-bargaining  agreements  that  cover  its  union-represented  employees.  The  risks  of  participating  in  these 
multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects: 

(cid:120)  Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees 
of  other  participating  employers.  If  a  participating  employer  stops  contributing  to  the  plan,  the  unfunded 
obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers. 

(cid:120)  If  the  Company  chooses  to  stop  participating  in  some  of  its  multiemployer  plans,  the  Company  may  be 
required  to  pay  those  plans  an  amount  based  on  the  underfunded  status  of  the  plan,  referred  to  as  a 
withdrawal liability. 

The following table presents our participation in these plans (amounts in thousands): 

Pension Trust 
Fund 
Pension Trust 
Fund for 
Operating 
Engineers 
Pension Plan .....
Laborers 
Pension Trust 
for Northern 
California .........
Carpenter 
Funds 
Administrative 
Office ...............
Cement 
Mason 
Pension Trust 
Fund For 
Northern 
California .........
All other funds 
(84)4 ..........................

Pension Plan 
Employer 
Identification 
Number 

Pension Protection 
Act (“PPA”) 
Certified Zone 
Status1 

  2014 

  2013 

FIP / RP 
Status 
Pending / 
Implemented2 

Contributions 
  2013 

  2012 

2014 

Expiration 
Date of 
Collective 
Bargaining 
Agreement3 

Surcharge 
Imposed 

94-6090764 

Red 

Red 

Yes 

$ 1,757  $ 1,654  $  508

No 

6/30/2016 

94-6277608 

Yellow 

Yellow 

Yes 

1,447  

897  

431  

No 

6/30/2019 

94-6050970 

  Red 

Red 

Yes 

1,015  

759  

47  

No 

6/30/2019 

94-6277669 

Yellow 

Yellow 

Yes 

322  

517  

265  

No 

6/30/2016 

Total Contributions: $ 10,808   $  6,435  $ 5,541

6,267   2,608  4,290 

Various 

1The most recent PPA zone status available in 2014 and 2013 is for the plan’s year-end during 2013 and 2012, respectively. The 
zone status is based on information that we received from the plan and is certified by the plan’s actuary. Among other factors, 
plans in the red zone are generally less than 65 percent funded, plans in the orange zone are less than 80 percent funded and 
have an Accumulated Funding Deficiency in the current year or projected into the next six years, plans in the yellow zone are 
less than 80 percent funded, and plans in the green zone are at least 80 percent funded. 
2Indicates whether the plan has a financial improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) which is either pending or 
has been implemented. 
3Lists the expiration date(s) of the collective-bargaining agreement(s) to which the plans are subject. 
4These  funds  include  multiemployer  plans  for  pensions  and  other  employee  benefits.  The  total  individually  insignificant 
multiemployer pension costs contributed were $903,000, $603,000 and $466,000 for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and 
are  included  in  the  contributions  to  all other  funds  along  with  contributions  to  other  types  of  benefit  plans.  Other  employee 
benefits include certain coverage for medical, prescription drug, dental, vision, life and accidental death and dismemberment, 
disability and other benefit costs.  

The  work  the  Company  performed  in  California  has  increased  resulting  in  an  increased  contribution  to  the 
Laborers Pension Trust for Northern California and the Carpenters Fund Administrative Office during 2014, 2013 
and 2012.   

We  currently  have  no  intention  of  withdrawing  from  any  of  the  multi-employer  pension  plans  in  which  we 

participate.  

F33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18.  Concentration of Risk and Enterprise Wide Disclosures  

The following table shows contract revenues generated from the Company’s customers that accounted for more 

than 10% of revenues (amounts in thousands): 

2014 
Amount        % 

Years Ended December 31, 
2013 

2012 

Amount 

  % 

Amount 

  % 

Utah Department of Transportation 

(“UDOT”) ............................................. $ 

*       

* % 

$

*  

* % 

$ 100,658  

16.0 % 

California Department of Transportation 
(“Caltrans”) ...........................................

*Represents less than 10% of revenues  

97,637       14.5 

  92,159 

16.6  

  94,171  

15.0  

At  December  31,  2014,  Foursquare  Properties  Inc.  owed  $8.5  million  and  TxDOT  owed  $7.6  million  to  the 
Company,  which  is  greater  than  10%  of  contract  receivables.  At  December  31,  2013,  Central  Texas  Mobility 
Constructors (“CTMC”) owed $16.3 million, Foursquare Properties Inc. owed $11.4 million and City of Honolulu 
owed $10.0 million to the Company, which was greater than 10% of contract receivables. At December 31, 2012, 
North  Texas  Tollway  Authority  (“NTTA”)  owed  $8.8  million  to  the  Company,  which  was  greater  than  10%  of 
contract receivables. 

The Company’s revenue and receivables are entirely derived from the construction of U.S. projects and all of 

the Company’s assets are held domestically within the U.S.  

A  portion  of  our  labor  force  is  subject  to  collective  bargaining  agreements.  Refer  to  Note  17  for  further 

information regarding this concentration of risk. 

19.  Related Party Transactions 

The  Company  has  limited  related  party  transactions.  The  most  material  transactions  relate  to  the  Company’s 
RLW  subsidiary  and  its  executive  management  who  own  or  have  an  ownership  interest  in  certain  real  estate  and 
other  companies.  RLW  has  historically  performed  construction  contracts,  leased  properties,  or  has  provided 
professional and other services for entities owned by the executive managers of RLW. The total RLW related party 
revenue related to construction contracts totaled $0.5 million, $0.2 million and less than $0.1 million in 2014, 2013 
and  2012,  respectively.  The  total  RLW  related  party  billings  for  professional  and  other  services,  which  include 
accounting, payroll, reimbursement for computer and postage usage, provided by RLW was $0.9 million and $1.0 
million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. RLW leases its  main office and equipment  maintenance shop for its Utah 
operations for an annual cost of approximately $0.2 million each, plus annual common area maintenance charges of 
less than $0.1 million each. The office and shop leases expire in 2022. RLW had other miscellaneous related party 
transactions which aggregated to less than $0.2 million in each 2014, 2013 and 2012 year.  

The  Company  had  individually  immaterial  miscellaneous  transactions  with  related  parties  that  totaled  $0.4 

million, during each year 2014, 2013 and 2012. 

During 2012, the Company entered into a business combination with Richard Buenting, the President and Chief 

Executive Officer of RHB. Refer to Note 2 for a description of the related party transaction.  

An independent member of senior management of the Company reviewed all related party sales and purchases 

before they were transacted. 

F34 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
  
 
   
       
 
   
       
 
 
20.  Quarterly Financial Information  

The  following  table  summarizes  the  unaudited  quarterly  results  of  operations  for  2014  and  2013  (amounts  in 

thousands, except per share data): 

2014 Quarters Ended (unaudited) 

March 31 

June 30 

September 30 

 December 31  

Total 

Revenues...................................................$   134,538    $  194,806
Gross profit ............................................... 
Income (loss) before income taxes and 

 7,869    

 12,499   

$   189,275 

 $
 8,356      

 153,611  
 3,697    

$ 

 672,230 
 32,421  

earnings attributable to noncontrolling 
interests .................................................
Net income (loss) attributable to Sterling 
common stockholders ........................... 

Net income (loss) per share attributable 
to Sterling common stockholders:  

 480  

 205  

 2,473 

 (1,671 ) 

 (5,875 ) 

 (4,593) 

 1,200 

 (3,935 ) 

 (7,251 ) 

 (9,781) 

Basic ..................................................$ 
Diluted ............................................... 

$

 0.01  
 0.01  

$

 0.07 
 0.07 

 (0.21 ) 
 (0.21 ) 

 $

 (0.39 ) 
 (0.39 ) 

$ 

 (0.54) 
 (0.54) 

2013 Quarters Ended (unaudited) 

Revenues...................................................$   111,035   $  133,350   $ 
Gross profit (loss) ..................................... 
Income (loss) before income taxes and 

 (16,635)    

 1,385   

March 31 

June 30 

  September 30 
 185,935 
 8,359    

 December 31   
 $  125,916   
 (23,053 )  

$ 

Total 
 556,236   
 (29,944 ) 

earnings attributable to noncontrolling 
interests .................................................
Net loss attributable to Sterling common 

stockholders .......................................... 
Net loss per share attributable to Sterling 

common stockholders: 

 (7,219) 

 (25,967) 

 1,715 

) 
 (37,333 

) 
 (68,804 

 (4,580) 

 (17,025) 

 (189 ) 

 (52,135 ) 

) 
 (73,929 

Basic ..................................................$ 
Diluted ............................................... 

 (0.39)  $
 (0.39) 

 (0.93)    $ 
 (0.93)    

 (0.06 ) 
 (0.06 ) 

 $

 (3.52 ) 
 (3.52 ) 

$ 

 (4.91 ) 
 (4.91 ) 

The Company’s operating revenues tend to be somewhat higher in the summer months which are typically due 
to warmer and dryer weather conditions. Our second and third quarter revenues and results of operations typically 
reflect these seasonal trends. However, from time to time, the Company’s operating results are significantly affected 
by certain transactions or events that management believes are not indicative or representative of our results.  

During the third and fourth quarters of 2014, the Company recorded changes in estimated revenues and gross 
margin which resulted in net charges of $4.5 million and $9.5 million, respectively. Gross profit was depressed by 
downward  revisions  of  gross  profit  on  problem  projects,  the  majority  of  which  are  being  constructed  in  Texas, 
primarily due to spot shortages of commodities, over-stretched sub-contractors and vendors, and intense competition 
for craft labor.  

During the first, second and fourth quarters of 2013, the Company recorded changes in estimated revenues and 
gross  margin  which  resulted  in  net  charges  of  $4.3  million,  $20.6  million  and  $37.7  million,  respectively.  A 
significant  portion  of  these  revisions  were  attributable  to  three  projects.  Furthermore,  during  the  fourth  quarter, 
management recorded a valuation allowance of $28.2 million on the net deferred tax assets as a result of the fourth 
quarter revisions mentioned above. Refer to Note 12 for our disclosure regarding income taxes and deferred assets 
and liabilities.  

F35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
21.  Subsequent Events – CEO Departure, Goodwill and Covenant Compliance 

CEO Departure 

On  February  2,  2015,  the  Company  announced  that  Peter  MacKenna,  formerly  the  Company’s  President  & 
Chief Executive Officer and a director, had left the Company effective January 31, 2015, with Paul J. Varello, the 
Chairman of the Board of Directors, being named acting Chief Executive Officer effective February 1, 2015.  

The Company expensed $1.8 million in February 2015 related to severance received by Mr. MacKenna. 

Goodwill 

On January 27, 2015, the Company announced its preliminary fourth quarter and full year 2014 results and that 

the Company was not in compliance with the Credit Facility’s tangible net worth covenant.  

The Company believes these announcements negatively impacted the Company’s stock price which decreased 
from $5.52 on January 26, 2015 to $3.97 on January 27, 2015 and has not yet recovered. Due to the decrease in the 
stock price, the Company noted that a goodwill impairment triggering event may have occurred in January 2015.  

Covenant Compliance 

As a result of the fourth quarter loss, the Company was not in compliance with the tangible net worth covenant 
related to the Company’s Credit Facility at December 31, 2014. On March 12, 2015, the Company obtained a waiver 
and amendment (the “Seventh Amendment”) which included the following key modifications: 

(cid:120)  A reduction in our availability of $5 million for total availability of $35 million as of March 12, 2015; 
(cid:120)  A reduction in our availability of $10 million at June 1, 2015, for total availability of $25 million; 

(cid:120)  A reduction in our availability of $10 million at September 1, 2015, for total availability of $15 million; 

(cid:120)  An increase in our annual interest rate from the prime rate plus 150 basis points, or 4.75%, to the prime rate 

plus 350 basis points, or 6.75%; 

(cid:120)  The tangible net worth covenant is modified to include $11.3 million of available headroom from the $86.3 

million of tangible net worth calculated at December 31, 2014; 

(cid:120)  Our first covenant test will begin at the end of April using April annualized figures; and 

(cid:120)  A  fee  of  $0.4  million  is  due  in  four  equal  payments.  The  first  payment  was  due  upon  execution  of  the 
Seventh Amendment and the second, third and fourth payments are due on June 30th, September 30th, and 
December 31st of 2015, respectively. However, any remaining unpaid fees are waived if at any point during 
the year the Company liquidates and terminates the Credit Facility a month before a payment becomes due. 

F36 

 
1800 Hughes Landing Blvd (cid:127) The Woodlands, Texas 77380 (cid:127) 281-214-0800
www.strlco.com